2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.2011 2012/12/21 18:42:16 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.14.6/8.14.6 2012/12/23
10 Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers
11 two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after
12 STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for
13 the client side would fail. Problem noted by Lena.
14 Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way
15 as that may cause addresses to change from lower case
16 to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications
17 can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving
18 headers in the same way as they are being sent out such
19 as a DKIM signing milter.
20 If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue
21 runners could not be started anymore because an
22 internal counter was subject to a race condition.
23 If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication
24 with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout.
25 In some situations, the resulting error might have been
26 ignored. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
27 Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter
28 should not be done without considering the potential
30 smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for
31 the milter which invoked it, instead of a global
32 list for all milters. Problem reported by
33 David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland.
34 If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20,
35 then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for
36 gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead.
38 If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system
39 error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that
40 triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access
41 memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some
42 systems). Problem reported by Ryan Stone.
43 Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing
44 log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX.
45 Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL.
46 Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
47 Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it
48 is done for IPv6). Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
49 Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures
50 that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including
51 the reason for the failure in a single log line. Suggested
52 by James Carey of Boeing.
54 Add support for Darwin 11.x and 12.x (Mac OS X 10.7 and 10.8).
55 Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from
58 8.14.5/8.14.5 2011/05/17
59 Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
60 is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
61 for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
62 same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
63 Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
64 Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
65 map lookup returns a size larger than 1K. Based on a
66 patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
67 If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
68 the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
69 functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
70 versions the mail might have been queued up already
71 and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
72 will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
74 Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
75 Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
76 use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
77 Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
78 no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
79 to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
80 Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
81 Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
82 lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
83 "AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
84 the memory of the client. Bug report by Nils of MWR
86 Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
87 connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
88 Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
89 If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
90 it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
91 unparseable) address is specified.
92 If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
93 stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
94 it. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
95 CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
96 -T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
97 that did not use LDAP. This change has been undone
98 until a better solution can be implemented. Problem
99 found by Andy Fiddaman.
100 CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
101 Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
102 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
103 letter between the question marks. Patch from
105 DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
106 Patch from Mitchell Berger.
108 Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
109 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later. Patch
111 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
112 Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
113 Solaris 11. Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
114 Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
115 OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0. Based on patch from
116 Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
117 Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
118 for Solaris 11. Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
120 cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
122 8.14.4/8.14.4 2009/12/30
123 SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
124 in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
125 in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro. Patch inspired
126 by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
127 During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
128 could occur which might result in bogus characters
129 being used. Based on patch from John Vannoy of
130 Pepperdine University.
131 The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
132 was not processed correctly. Patch from Per Hedeland.
133 Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
134 path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
135 MAXSHORTSTR (203). Patch from John Gardiner Myers
136 of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
137 Hubert of University of Washington.
138 Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
139 valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
140 to be happening on some Linux versions).
141 The process title was missing the current load average when
142 the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
143 Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
144 Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
145 only some of them are processed.
146 Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
147 from a milter. Problem found by Scott Rotondo
149 If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
150 would not be initialized for use in the client either.
151 Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
152 If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
153 handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
154 because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
155 Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
156 the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
157 machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
158 to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me). Patch from
159 Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
160 Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
161 endian machines for loopback address. Patch from
162 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
163 Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
164 Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
165 If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
166 of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
167 with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
168 Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
169 missing disk space in the mail queue. Based on patch
170 from Martin Poole of RedHat.
171 CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
172 cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
173 CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
174 referred to a wrong macro. Patch from John Gardiner
176 CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
177 did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
178 Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
179 CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
180 strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
181 problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
182 were used. Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
183 University of Helsinki.
184 LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
185 is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
186 it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
188 LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
189 was used. Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
190 LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
191 which add, insert, or replace headers. From Benjamin
193 LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
194 correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used. Based on patch from
196 LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
197 carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
198 OpenLDAP proxy servers.
199 VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
200 Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
202 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
203 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
204 Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
205 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
207 8.14.3/8.14.3 2008/05/03
208 During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
209 lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
210 for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
211 character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
212 failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
213 8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
214 freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
215 Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
216 bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
217 Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
218 Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status. Patch
219 from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
220 Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx'). Problem
221 noted by Beth Halsema.
222 The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
223 was activated. This may cause problems if that value
224 is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
225 CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
226 to operate incorrectly. Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
227 LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
228 callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
229 libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
230 whether libmilter contains this fix.
231 MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
232 dumping a map. Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
234 Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
235 Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9. Patch from
236 Chris Behrens of Concentric.
237 Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
238 DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
240 devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
243 8.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01
244 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
245 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
246 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
247 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem
248 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
249 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
250 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
251 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
252 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner
254 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
255 work in earlier 8.14 versions.
256 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
257 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
258 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
260 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
261 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from
262 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
263 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
264 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
265 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
266 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
267 the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
268 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
269 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
270 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
271 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch
272 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
273 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
274 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
275 Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
276 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
277 compiled in but not offered by the server and the
278 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege.
279 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
280 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This
281 should help "failover" configurations that specify more
282 than one LDAP server.
283 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
284 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
285 a system which does not have the compile time flag
286 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
287 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
288 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
289 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by
290 Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
291 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
292 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori
293 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
294 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao.
295 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
297 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
298 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
299 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
301 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
302 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
303 8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
304 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
305 from the version number, however, the returned value was
306 correct for the current libmilter version.
308 8.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03
309 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
310 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
311 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
312 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug
313 found by Andy Fiddaman.
314 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
315 could not be set in 8.14.0.
316 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
317 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
318 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by
320 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
321 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
322 Science and Mathematics.
323 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
324 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
325 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
326 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
328 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
329 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
330 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
331 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
332 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
333 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
334 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
335 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
336 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
337 Patches from Bryan Costales.
339 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
340 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
341 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
342 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
343 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
346 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
348 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
350 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
351 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
352 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
354 8.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31
355 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes:
356 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
357 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
359 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any
360 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
362 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
363 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
364 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
365 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
366 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from
367 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
368 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
369 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
370 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set
371 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
372 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
373 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
374 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
375 Patch from Nik Clayton.
376 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
377 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing.
378 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
380 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode
384 children MaxDaemonChildren
385 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
386 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
387 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based
388 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
389 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch
391 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
392 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
393 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
394 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
395 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
396 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
397 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
398 et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
399 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
401 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
402 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
403 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
404 is a header address it also distinguishes between
405 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
407 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
408 by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
409 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
410 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
411 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
412 slow down responding.
413 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
414 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
415 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
416 a file where to store the selected key.
417 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
418 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
419 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
420 connection is terminated immediately.
421 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
422 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
423 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless.
424 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
425 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
426 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
427 a query if it is too long.
428 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
429 to form the result of a lookup.
430 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
431 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
432 started by using "make check".
433 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
434 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
435 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
436 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
437 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
438 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
439 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
441 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
442 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
443 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
444 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
445 which may improve the communication performance on some
446 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
448 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
449 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
450 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
452 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
453 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
454 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
455 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
456 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
457 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
458 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem
459 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
460 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
461 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
462 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both
463 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
464 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
465 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile,
466 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
468 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
469 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
470 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
471 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
472 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
473 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
474 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
475 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil
476 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
478 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
479 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
480 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
481 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
482 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
483 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
484 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
485 To:user@example.com RELAY
486 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
487 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
489 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
490 for the HELO/EHLO command.
491 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
492 messages by using those values as second argument.
493 Patches from Nelson Fung.
494 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
495 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
496 preceeded by a backslash.
497 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
498 directories, then it used for "make install" to create
499 the required installation directories.
500 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
501 executables (defaults to confCC).
502 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
503 has several changes which are listed below and documented
504 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
505 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
506 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
507 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
508 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally,
509 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
510 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
511 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
512 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
513 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
514 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
515 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows
516 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
517 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
518 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
519 can act on the DATA command.
520 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
521 can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
522 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
523 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
524 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
525 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
526 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
527 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This
528 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
529 body chunks it already received without reading the entire
530 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
531 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
532 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
533 new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
534 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
535 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
536 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
537 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol
538 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether
539 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
540 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
541 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
542 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
543 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
545 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
546 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
547 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
548 does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
549 inserted, or replaced.
550 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
551 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
552 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
555 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
556 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
557 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
559 include/sm/sendmail.h
561 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
562 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
563 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
564 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
565 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
576 8.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09
577 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
578 the server can erroneously report that there is
579 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that
580 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
581 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert
582 of University of Washington.
583 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
584 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
585 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
586 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
587 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from
589 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
590 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
591 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
593 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
594 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However,
595 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
596 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.*
599 8.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14
600 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
601 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
602 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This
603 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
604 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to
605 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
606 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
607 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
608 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
609 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
610 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
611 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
612 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
613 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
614 a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
615 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
616 layer made in 8.13.6.
617 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
618 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
619 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
620 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
621 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
622 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
623 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
624 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
625 to avoid those false positives.
626 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
627 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
628 files were not removed.
629 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
630 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem
631 reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
632 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
633 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against
634 either of these versions and compression is available,
635 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on
636 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
637 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
638 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
639 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid
640 further problems, no default value is available anymore,
641 but an argument must be specified.
643 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from
644 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
646 8.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22
647 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
648 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
649 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of
650 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
651 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
652 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
653 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
654 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
655 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
656 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default
657 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
658 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
659 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
660 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
661 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
662 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found
663 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
664 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
665 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
666 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
667 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
668 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
669 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff
670 A. Earickson of Colby College.
671 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John
673 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
674 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
675 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
676 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
677 resume a stored TLS session.
678 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
679 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
680 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
681 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
682 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
684 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
685 This generates an error message from libmilter on
686 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
688 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
689 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
690 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
693 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
694 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
697 8.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16
698 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
699 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
700 directory. This structure is used decide whether there
701 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
702 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
703 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
704 than the base directory.
705 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
706 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
707 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by
709 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
710 number of items to process, sort the queue first and
711 then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
712 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
713 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by
714 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
716 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
717 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
718 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
719 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem
720 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
721 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
722 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein.
723 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
724 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
725 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from
726 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
727 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
728 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor.
729 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
730 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
731 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
733 Add support for AIX 5.3.
734 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
735 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
736 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
737 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
738 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
739 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
740 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
741 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
742 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
743 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
744 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
745 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
746 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted
749 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
751 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
752 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
755 8.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27
756 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
757 different error which could result in connections that
758 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
759 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims.
760 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead
761 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
762 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
763 tracked down by Gael Roualland.
764 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem
765 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
766 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
767 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
768 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
769 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
770 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
771 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
772 and bounce generation.
773 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
774 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
775 for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
776 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
777 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
778 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from
779 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
780 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by
781 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
782 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
783 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
784 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
785 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
786 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch
788 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
789 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based
790 on patch by Brian Kantor.
791 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
792 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might
793 be dropped after an AUTH failure.
795 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
796 "long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
797 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set
798 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
799 Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
800 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should
801 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
802 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
803 University of Bremen.
809 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
810 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
812 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
813 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
814 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
815 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
816 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
817 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
818 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
819 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
820 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
821 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
823 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
824 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
825 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
826 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
827 Simple Nomad of BindView.
828 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
829 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
830 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
831 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
832 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
833 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
834 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
835 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
836 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
837 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
838 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
839 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
840 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
841 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
842 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
843 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
844 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
845 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
846 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
847 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
848 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
849 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
850 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
851 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
852 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
853 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
854 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
855 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
856 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
857 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
858 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
859 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
860 noted by Nelson Fung.
861 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
862 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
863 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
866 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
868 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
869 devtools/OS/DragonFly
870 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
874 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
875 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
876 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
877 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
878 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
879 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
880 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
881 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
882 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
883 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
885 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
886 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
887 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
888 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
889 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
890 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
891 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
892 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
893 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
894 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
895 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
896 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
897 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
898 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
899 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
901 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
902 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
904 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
905 noted by Geoff Adams.
906 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
907 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
908 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
909 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
910 incompatibilities with various *roff related
911 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
915 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
916 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
917 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
918 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
919 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
921 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
922 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
923 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
924 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
925 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
926 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
927 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
928 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
929 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
930 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
931 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
932 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
933 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
934 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
935 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
936 of cf/README for more information.
937 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
938 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
940 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
941 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
942 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
943 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
945 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
946 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
947 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
948 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
949 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
950 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
951 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
952 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
953 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
954 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
955 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
956 determines the length of the interval for which the
957 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
958 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
959 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
960 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
961 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
962 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
963 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
964 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
965 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
966 during that connection.
967 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
968 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
969 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
970 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
971 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
972 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
973 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
974 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
975 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
976 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
977 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
978 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
979 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
980 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
982 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
983 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
984 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
986 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
987 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
988 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
989 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
990 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
991 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
992 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
993 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
994 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
995 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
996 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
997 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
998 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
999 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
1001 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
1002 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
1003 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
1004 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
1005 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
1006 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
1007 operates on lost queue items.
1008 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
1009 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
1010 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
1011 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
1012 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
1014 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
1015 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
1016 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
1017 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
1019 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
1020 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
1021 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
1022 be used for the quarantine reason.
1023 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
1024 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
1025 message if it is quarantined.
1026 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
1027 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
1028 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
1029 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
1030 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
1031 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
1032 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
1033 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
1034 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
1035 recipients received so far in a transaction.
1036 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
1037 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
1038 noted by Kai Schlichting.
1039 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
1040 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
1041 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
1042 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
1043 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
1044 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
1045 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
1047 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
1048 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
1050 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1051 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1052 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1053 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
1054 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1055 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1056 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
1057 of the University of Manitoba.
1058 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1059 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1060 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1062 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
1063 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1064 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1065 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1066 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1067 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1068 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1069 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1070 overwrite each other's pid files.
1071 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1072 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
1073 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1074 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1075 LogLevel 12 or higher.
1076 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1077 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1078 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1079 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1080 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1081 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1082 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1083 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
1084 of Sun Microsystems.
1085 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1086 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1087 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1088 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1089 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1090 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1091 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
1092 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1093 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1094 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1095 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1096 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1097 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1098 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
1099 further information.
1100 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1101 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1102 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1103 queue return and warning times for delivery status
1105 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1107 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1108 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1109 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1110 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1111 for DaemonPortOptions.
1112 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1113 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
1114 of Northern Illinois University.
1115 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1116 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
1117 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1118 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1119 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1120 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1121 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1122 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
1123 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1124 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1125 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
1126 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1127 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1128 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1129 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1130 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1131 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1132 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1133 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1134 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1136 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
1137 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1138 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1139 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1140 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
1142 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1143 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
1144 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1145 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1146 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1147 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1148 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1149 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1150 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1152 Two new compile options have been added:
1153 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
1154 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
1155 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1156 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1157 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1158 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
1159 programs to match locking techniques.
1160 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1161 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1162 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1163 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1164 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1165 Center for Scientific Computing.
1166 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1167 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1168 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1169 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1170 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1171 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
1172 from Mark Funkenhauser.
1173 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1174 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1175 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1176 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1177 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1178 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1179 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1180 of Northern Illinois University.
1181 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1182 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1183 the message using the given reason.
1184 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1185 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1186 DNS records than just A.
1187 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1188 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1189 connections is maintained.
1190 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1191 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1192 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1193 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1194 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1195 slamming protection described above. The feature can
1196 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1197 use the access database to look the pause time based on
1198 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1199 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1200 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
1201 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1202 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1203 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
1204 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1205 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1206 interval when refusing connections for this long.
1207 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1208 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
1209 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1210 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1211 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
1212 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1213 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1214 to follow the naming conventions.
1215 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1217 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1219 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1220 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1221 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1222 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1224 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1225 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1226 status notifications.
1227 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1228 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1229 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1230 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1231 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1232 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1234 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1235 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1236 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1237 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1238 certificate revocations lists.
1239 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1240 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1241 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1242 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
1243 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1244 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1245 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
1246 for more information.
1247 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1248 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1249 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1250 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
1251 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1252 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1253 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1254 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1255 of LifeLine Networks.
1256 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
1258 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1259 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1260 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1261 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1262 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1263 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1264 Filters which use this function must include the
1265 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1266 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1267 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1268 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1269 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1270 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1271 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1272 resetting the timeout.
1273 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1274 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1275 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1276 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1277 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1278 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1279 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1280 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1281 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1282 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1283 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1284 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1285 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
1286 from Bryan Costales.
1287 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1288 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1289 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1290 amendments to support header insertion operations.
1291 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1292 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1293 Informations Services.
1294 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1295 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1297 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1298 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1300 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1301 for the auto-response message.
1304 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1305 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1306 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1307 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1308 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1310 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1311 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1312 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1313 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1314 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1315 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1316 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1317 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1318 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1319 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1320 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1321 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1322 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1323 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1324 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1325 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1326 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1330 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1331 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1332 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1335 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1337 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
1338 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
1339 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
1340 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1341 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1342 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1343 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1345 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1346 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1347 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1348 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1349 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1350 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1351 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1352 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1353 recipient address also against the printable addresses
1354 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1355 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1356 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1357 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1358 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1359 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1360 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1361 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1362 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
1363 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1364 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1365 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
1366 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1367 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1368 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1369 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1370 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1371 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1372 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1373 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1374 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1375 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
1376 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1377 external application that accesses qf files.
1378 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1379 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1380 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1381 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
1383 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1384 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
1385 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1386 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1389 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1390 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1392 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1393 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1394 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1395 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1397 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1399 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1400 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
1401 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1402 of Courtesan Consulting.
1403 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
1404 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1405 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1406 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1407 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1408 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1409 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1410 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1411 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1412 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1413 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1414 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1415 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1416 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1417 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1418 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1419 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1420 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1421 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1422 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
1423 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1424 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1425 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
1426 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1427 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1428 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1429 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1430 to make sure they match.
1431 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1433 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1434 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
1436 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1437 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
1439 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
1440 from Jerome Borsboom.
1441 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1442 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
1443 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1444 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1445 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1446 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1447 after the close() and before the truncate().
1448 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1449 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1450 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1452 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1453 of Washington for providing access to a computer
1455 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
1456 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1457 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1458 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
1460 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
1461 your Linux distribution, compile with
1462 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1466 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
1467 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1468 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1469 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1470 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1471 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1473 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1474 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1475 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
1476 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1477 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1478 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1479 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1480 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1481 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1482 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1483 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1484 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
1485 by Derek Wueppelmann.
1486 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1487 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1489 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1490 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
1491 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1492 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1493 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1494 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1495 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1496 text file instead of the database map.
1498 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1499 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1500 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1501 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1503 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
1504 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1505 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1506 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1508 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1509 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1510 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1511 Stanford University Compilation Group.
1512 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1513 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1514 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1515 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1516 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1517 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1518 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1519 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1520 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1521 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1523 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
1524 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1525 across various connections. This could cause session
1526 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1527 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
1528 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1529 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
1530 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
1531 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1532 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1533 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
1535 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1536 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1538 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
1539 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1540 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1541 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1542 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
1543 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1544 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1545 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
1546 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1547 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1549 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1550 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1551 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1552 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1553 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1554 to be run even if Runners=0.
1555 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1556 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1557 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1558 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1559 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1560 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
1561 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1562 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1563 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1564 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
1565 by John Majikes of IBM.
1566 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1567 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1568 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1569 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
1570 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1571 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1572 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1573 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1574 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
1575 noted by Matthias Andree.
1576 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1577 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1579 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1580 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1581 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1582 an argument, hence the builtin version of
1583 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
1584 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
1585 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1586 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1587 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1588 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1589 of the TrustedBSD Project.
1590 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1591 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1592 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1593 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1595 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1596 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1597 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1598 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1599 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1600 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1601 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1602 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1603 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1604 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1605 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1607 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1608 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1609 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1610 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1611 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1612 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1614 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1616 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1617 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1618 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1619 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1620 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1621 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1622 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1623 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1624 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1626 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1627 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1628 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1629 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
1635 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
1636 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1637 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1638 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1639 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1640 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1641 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1642 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1643 Courtesan Consulting.
1644 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1645 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
1646 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1647 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1648 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1649 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1650 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1651 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1652 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
1653 Earickson of Colby College.
1654 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1655 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1656 Courtesan Consulting.
1657 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1658 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1659 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1660 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
1661 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1662 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1664 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1665 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1666 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1667 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1668 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
1669 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1670 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
1671 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1672 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1673 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1674 supposed for addresses on the header content.
1675 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1677 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1678 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
1679 fix from Scott Walters.
1680 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1681 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1682 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1683 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1684 NETISO support has been dropped.
1685 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1686 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1687 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1688 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
1689 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1690 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1691 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
1692 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1693 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1694 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1695 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
1696 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1697 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1698 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1699 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1700 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1701 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1703 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1704 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1705 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1706 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1707 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1708 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1709 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
1710 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1711 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1715 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
1716 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1717 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1718 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
1719 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1720 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
1721 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1722 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1723 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1724 with rogue DNS servers.
1725 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
1727 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1728 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
1730 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1731 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1732 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1733 Polytechnic Institute.
1734 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1735 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1737 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1738 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1739 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
1740 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1741 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
1742 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1743 8.13 will change the default locking method to
1744 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
1745 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1746 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
1747 related programs to match locking techniques.
1749 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
1750 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1751 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1752 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1753 section of the top level README for more information.
1754 Problem noted by lumpy.
1755 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1757 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1758 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1759 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1760 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1761 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1763 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
1764 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1765 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1766 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1767 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1769 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1770 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
1771 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1772 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1773 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1774 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
1775 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1776 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1777 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
1778 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
1779 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1780 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1782 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1783 user who started sendmail.
1784 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1785 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
1786 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1787 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1788 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1789 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1790 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1791 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1793 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1794 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1795 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1796 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1797 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1798 Charles University in Prague.
1799 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1801 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1802 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1803 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1804 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1805 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1806 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1807 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1808 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1809 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
1810 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1811 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
1812 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1813 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1814 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
1815 noted by Bryan Costales.
1816 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1817 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1818 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
1819 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1820 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
1821 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1822 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1824 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1825 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1826 installing the sendmail statistics file.
1827 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1828 a user's filter starts other applications.
1829 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1830 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1831 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1832 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1833 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1834 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1835 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1836 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1837 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
1838 noted by Bryan Costales.
1840 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1842 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
1843 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1844 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
1845 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1846 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1847 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
1848 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1849 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1850 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
1851 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1852 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1853 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1855 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1856 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1857 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1858 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1860 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1861 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1862 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1863 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1864 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1865 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1867 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
1868 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1869 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1870 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1871 Northern Illinois University.
1872 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1873 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1875 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1876 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1877 Polytechnic Institute.
1878 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1879 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1880 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1881 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1882 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1883 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1884 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1885 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1886 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
1887 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1888 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1890 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1891 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1892 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1893 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1894 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1895 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1896 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
1897 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1898 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1899 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
1900 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1901 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1902 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1903 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1904 of Concordia University.
1905 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
1906 found by Mario Nigrovic.
1907 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1908 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
1909 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1910 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1911 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1912 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
1914 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1915 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1916 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1917 total number of TCP connections.
1918 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1919 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1920 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1921 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1922 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1923 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1924 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1926 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1928 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1929 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
1930 patch by Bryan Costales.
1931 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1932 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1933 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1934 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1935 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1936 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1937 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
1938 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1939 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1940 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1941 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1942 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1945 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1947 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
1948 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1949 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1951 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
1953 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1954 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
1955 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1956 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1957 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
1958 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1959 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1960 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1962 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1963 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
1965 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1966 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1967 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1968 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1969 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1970 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1971 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1972 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1973 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
1974 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1975 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1976 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
1977 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1978 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1979 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1980 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1981 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1982 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1983 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1984 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
1986 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1987 if queue groups are used.
1988 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1989 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1990 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1991 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1992 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1993 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1994 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
1995 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1996 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1997 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1998 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1999 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
2000 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
2001 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
2002 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
2003 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
2004 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2005 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
2006 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
2008 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2009 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2010 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
2011 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
2012 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
2013 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
2015 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
2016 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
2019 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
2021 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
2022 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
2023 at startup, only log an error message.
2024 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
2025 following -b) has been specified.
2026 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
2027 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
2028 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2029 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
2030 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
2032 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
2033 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
2034 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
2035 Institute of Mining and Technology.
2036 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
2037 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2038 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2039 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
2040 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2041 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2042 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
2043 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
2044 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2045 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
2046 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
2048 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
2049 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2051 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2052 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2053 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2054 Meteorological Institute.
2055 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2056 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2058 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2059 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2060 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2061 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2062 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2063 types, respectively.
2064 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2065 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2067 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2068 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2069 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2070 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2071 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2072 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2073 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2074 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2075 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2077 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
2078 of Sun Microsystems.
2079 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2080 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2081 with servers that do not support realms when using
2082 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2083 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2084 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
2085 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2086 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2087 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2088 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2089 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2090 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2091 instead of forcing localhost.
2092 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2093 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2094 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
2095 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2096 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2097 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2098 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2099 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2100 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2101 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2102 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2103 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
2104 Compaq Computer Corp.
2105 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2106 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2109 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
2110 patch provided by HP.
2111 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2112 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
2113 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
2115 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2116 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
2117 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2118 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
2119 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2120 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
2121 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2122 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
2123 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2124 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2125 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
2126 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
2128 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2129 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2130 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2131 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
2133 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
2134 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2135 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2136 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2137 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2138 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
2139 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2140 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2141 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2142 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2143 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2145 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
2147 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2148 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
2150 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2151 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2153 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2154 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2156 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2157 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2158 to free memory twice.
2159 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2160 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2161 of Sun Microsystems.
2162 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2163 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2164 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2165 University of Athens.
2167 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2168 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2169 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2173 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2176 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
2177 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2178 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2179 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
2180 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
2181 found by Michal Zalewski.
2182 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2183 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2184 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2185 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2186 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2187 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2188 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2189 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2190 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2191 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2192 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2193 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2194 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2195 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2196 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
2197 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
2198 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2199 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2200 canonical name for a host.
2201 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2202 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
2203 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
2204 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2206 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2207 `uname` does not given complete information.
2208 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2210 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2211 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2212 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2213 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2214 Courtesan Consulting.
2215 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2216 problems with potential misconfigurations.
2217 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
2218 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2219 Technology Organisation of Australia.
2220 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2221 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
2223 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
2224 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2225 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
2226 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2227 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2229 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2230 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2231 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2241 include/sm/sysstat.h
2243 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
2244 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2245 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
2246 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2247 default). The installation process tries to install
2248 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2249 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2250 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2251 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2252 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2254 GroupWritableForwardFile
2255 WorldWritableForwardFile
2256 GroupWritableIncludeFile
2257 WorldWritableIncludeFile
2258 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2259 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
2260 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2262 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2263 point where the variable could become overused for more than
2264 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
2265 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
2266 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2267 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2268 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2269 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
2270 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2271 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
2272 see sendmail/SECURITY.
2273 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2274 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2275 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2276 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
2278 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2279 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2280 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
2281 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2282 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2283 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
2284 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2285 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
2286 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
2287 command has been removed.
2288 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
2289 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2290 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2291 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2292 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
2293 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2294 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2295 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
2296 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2298 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2299 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
2300 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2301 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2302 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
2303 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2304 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2305 creation rather than just before delivery.
2306 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
2307 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2308 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
2309 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2310 preference matches (coattail).
2311 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2312 try other MX hosts if available.
2313 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2314 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2315 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2316 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
2317 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2318 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2319 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2320 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2321 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2322 removed in future versions.
2323 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2324 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2325 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2326 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
2327 doc/op/op.me for details.
2328 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2329 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2330 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2331 of the presented certificate, respectively.
2332 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2333 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2334 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2335 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2336 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2337 enough on a per recipient basis.
2338 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2340 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2342 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2343 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2344 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2345 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2346 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2347 really required. This change results in a noticable
2348 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
2349 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2350 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2351 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2352 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2353 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2354 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2355 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
2356 command line, then the value also limits the number of
2357 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2358 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2360 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2361 system each queue directory resides in.
2362 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2363 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2364 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
2365 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2366 collected together) to process the same work list at the
2368 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2369 active queue runner processes.
2370 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2371 runners per queue group.
2372 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2373 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2374 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2375 of the queue that match during processing.
2376 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2377 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2378 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2379 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2380 persistent queue runner.
2381 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2382 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2384 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
2385 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2386 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2387 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2388 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2389 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2390 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2391 of the qf file (older entries first).
2392 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2393 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2394 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2395 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2396 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2397 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2398 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
2399 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2400 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2401 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2402 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2403 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
2404 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2405 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2406 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2407 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2408 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
2409 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
2411 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2412 the number of entries in the queue(s).
2413 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
2414 and the usual documentation for details.
2415 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2416 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2418 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
2419 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2420 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
2421 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2422 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2423 -r (number of retries).
2424 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2425 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2426 and value separated by the given separator.
2427 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2429 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2430 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2431 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2432 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2433 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2434 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
2435 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2436 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2437 filenames with spaces).
2438 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2439 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2440 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2441 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
2442 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
2443 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2444 to the loopback net.
2445 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2446 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
2447 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2448 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2449 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2450 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2451 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2452 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2453 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2454 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2456 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2457 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
2458 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
2459 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2460 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2461 load average is exceeded.
2462 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2463 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2464 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2465 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2466 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2467 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2468 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2469 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
2471 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2472 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
2473 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2474 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2475 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2476 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2477 for direct (command line) submissions.
2478 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2479 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2480 Hagino of the KAME Project.
2481 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2482 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2483 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2484 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2485 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2486 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2487 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2488 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2490 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2491 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2492 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2493 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2494 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2495 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2496 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2497 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2498 of the Universitat Regensburg.
2499 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2500 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2501 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2502 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2503 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2504 See libsm/index.html for details.
2505 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2506 care of by fork() and exit().
2507 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
2508 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2509 new and old (from new libsm).
2510 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2511 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2512 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2513 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2514 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2515 synchronizations calls.
2516 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2517 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2518 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2519 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2520 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2521 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2523 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2524 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
2525 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2526 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2527 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2528 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2529 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2530 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2531 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
2532 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2533 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2534 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2535 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2536 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2537 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2538 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2539 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2540 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2541 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
2542 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2543 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2544 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2545 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2546 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2548 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
2549 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2550 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2551 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2553 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2554 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2555 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2557 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
2558 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2559 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2560 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
2561 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
2562 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
2563 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2564 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2565 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2567 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2568 the default schema used in the above two items.
2569 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2570 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2571 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2572 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2573 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2574 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2575 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2576 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2577 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2578 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2579 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2580 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2582 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2583 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2584 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2585 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
2586 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2587 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
2588 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2589 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2590 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2591 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2592 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
2593 (verbose) command line option.
2594 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2595 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2596 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2597 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2598 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2599 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2600 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2601 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
2602 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
2603 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2604 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2605 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2606 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2608 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2609 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2610 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2611 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2612 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2614 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
2616 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2617 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
2618 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2619 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2620 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2621 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
2622 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2623 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
2625 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2626 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2627 configurable during compile time. The current values and
2629 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
2630 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2631 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
2632 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
2633 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
2634 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
2635 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2636 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2637 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2638 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2639 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2640 Meteorological Institute.
2641 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2642 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2643 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2644 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2645 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2646 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2647 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2648 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2649 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
2650 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2651 See sendmail/README for further information.
2652 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2653 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
2654 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2655 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2656 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2657 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2658 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
2659 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2660 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2661 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2664 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2665 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
2666 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2667 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2668 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2669 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2670 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
2671 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2672 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2673 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2674 Solaris 8 and later.
2675 Add support for OpenUNIX.
2676 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2677 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2678 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2679 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2680 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2681 temporary lookup failures.
2682 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2683 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2685 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2686 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2688 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2689 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2690 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
2691 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2692 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2693 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2694 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2695 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2696 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2697 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2698 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2699 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2700 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2701 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2702 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2703 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2704 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2705 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2706 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2707 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2708 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2709 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2710 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2711 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2712 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2713 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2714 cf/README for details.
2715 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2716 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2717 University of Maryland.
2718 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2719 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2720 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2721 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2722 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2723 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2724 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2725 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2727 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2728 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2729 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2730 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2731 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2733 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2734 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2735 See cf/README for details.
2736 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2737 temporary lookup failures.
2738 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2739 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2740 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2742 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2743 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2744 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2745 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
2746 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2747 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2748 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2749 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2750 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2751 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2752 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2753 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2754 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
2755 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
2756 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
2757 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2758 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2759 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2760 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2761 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
2763 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2764 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2765 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
2767 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2768 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
2769 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2770 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2771 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
2772 recipients as user unknown.
2773 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2774 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2775 section of cf/README for more information.
2776 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2777 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2778 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2779 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2780 which takes the options as argument and can be used
2781 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2782 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2783 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
2784 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
2785 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
2786 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
2787 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
2788 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
2789 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
2790 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
2791 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
2792 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2793 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2794 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
2795 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
2796 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
2797 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
2798 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2799 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
2800 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
2801 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
2802 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
2803 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
2804 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
2805 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2806 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2807 doc/op/op.me for details.
2808 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2809 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
2810 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2811 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2813 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2814 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2815 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2816 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2817 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
2818 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2819 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2820 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2821 This affects the access database as well as the
2822 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2823 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2824 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2825 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2826 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2827 Mississippi State University.
2828 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2829 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2830 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2831 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2832 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2833 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2834 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2835 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2836 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2837 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2838 systems which don't include cat directories.
2839 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2840 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2841 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
2842 mailbox database type.
2843 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2844 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2845 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
2846 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2847 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2848 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2849 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2850 instead of white space.
2851 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2852 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2853 Meteorological Institute.
2854 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2855 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2856 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2857 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2859 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2860 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
2861 to specify the database and message file since there is no
2862 home directory for the default settings for these options.
2863 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2864 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2865 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
2866 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2873 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2874 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2875 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2877 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2878 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2879 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2880 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2881 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2883 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2884 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2885 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2896 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2897 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2903 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2904 include/sendmail/errstring.h
2905 include/sendmail/useful.h
2906 libsmutil/errstring.c
2907 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2908 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2913 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2914 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2915 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2917 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
2918 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2919 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2920 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2922 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2923 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2924 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2925 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2926 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2928 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2929 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2930 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
2931 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2932 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2933 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2934 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2935 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2936 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2937 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2938 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2939 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2940 across various connections. This could cause session
2941 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2942 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
2943 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2944 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2945 canonical name for a host.
2946 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2947 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2949 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2950 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2951 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2952 Polytechnic Institute.
2953 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2954 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2956 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2957 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2959 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2960 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2962 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2963 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2964 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2966 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2967 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2968 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2969 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2970 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2971 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2972 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2974 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2975 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
2978 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
2979 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2980 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
2981 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2982 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
2983 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2984 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2985 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
2986 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2987 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2988 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
2990 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
2991 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2993 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
2994 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2995 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
2996 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2997 of SE Netway Communications.
2998 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2999 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
3000 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
3001 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
3002 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
3003 Bosserman of EarthLink.
3004 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
3005 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
3006 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
3007 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
3008 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
3010 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
3011 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
3012 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
3013 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
3014 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
3015 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
3016 University at Albany.
3017 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
3018 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3019 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
3020 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
3021 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
3022 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
3024 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
3025 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3026 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
3027 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3028 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
3029 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
3030 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
3031 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
3032 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
3033 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
3035 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
3036 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
3037 corruption and other potential race conditions.
3038 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
3039 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
3040 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
3041 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
3042 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
3043 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
3044 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
3045 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
3046 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
3047 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
3048 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
3050 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3051 QueueDirectory wildcards.
3052 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3053 the same map again while exiting.
3054 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3055 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3057 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3058 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3059 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3060 Oklahoma State University.
3061 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3062 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3063 InTouch Systems, Inc.
3064 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3065 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3066 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3068 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3069 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
3070 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3071 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
3072 from Werner Wiethege.
3073 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3074 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
3075 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3076 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3077 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3079 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
3080 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3081 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
3082 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3084 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3085 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3086 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3087 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3088 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3089 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3090 Meteorological Institute.
3091 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3092 since it generates random process ids.
3093 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3094 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3095 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3097 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3099 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
3100 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3101 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3102 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3103 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3104 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3105 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3106 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3107 communications consulting gmbh.
3108 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3109 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3110 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3111 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3112 connection came in from the command line.
3113 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3114 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
3115 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3116 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3117 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3118 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3119 when they were committed.
3120 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3121 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3122 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3123 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3124 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
3125 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3126 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3127 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3129 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3130 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3132 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3133 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3134 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3135 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3137 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3138 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3139 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3141 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3142 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3143 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3144 University of New Brunswick.
3146 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3147 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3148 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3149 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3150 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3151 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
3152 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
3153 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3154 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3155 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
3156 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3157 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3158 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3159 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3160 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3161 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3162 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3163 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
3164 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3166 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3167 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
3168 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3169 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3170 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3172 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3174 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
3175 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3176 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
3177 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
3178 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3179 Schools" project (IdS).
3180 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3181 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3182 be enabled by compiling with:
3183 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3184 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
3185 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3186 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3187 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3188 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3189 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3190 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3192 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3193 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3194 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3195 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3196 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3197 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3198 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3199 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3201 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3203 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3204 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3205 the Universitat Regensburg.
3206 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3207 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3208 University of Arizona.
3209 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3210 of Collective Technologies.
3211 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3212 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3213 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3215 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3216 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3217 Meteorological Institute.
3218 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3219 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3220 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3221 Meteorological Institute.
3222 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
3223 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3224 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
3225 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3226 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3227 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3228 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3229 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3230 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3231 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3232 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3233 overall connections, not the number of connections per
3234 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
3237 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3238 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
3239 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3240 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3241 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3242 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
3244 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3245 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3246 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3247 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3249 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
3250 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3251 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3253 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3254 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3255 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3256 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3257 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3258 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3259 implicitly assume canonical host names.
3260 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
3261 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3262 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3264 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3265 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
3266 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3267 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3268 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
3269 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3271 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
3272 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3273 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3274 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3275 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3276 of Kyoto University.
3277 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
3278 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3279 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3280 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
3282 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3283 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3284 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3285 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3286 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3290 contrib/buildvirtuser
3293 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
3294 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3295 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3296 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3297 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
3298 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3299 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3300 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3301 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3303 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3304 process may close the connection before the child process
3305 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3306 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3307 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3308 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3309 read the LDAP secret from a file.
3310 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3311 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3312 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3313 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3314 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3315 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3317 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3318 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3319 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
3320 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3321 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
3322 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3323 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3324 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
3325 Fournier of Acadia University.
3326 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3327 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
3328 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3329 one of the others may be able to take over.
3330 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3331 previous load average query result.
3332 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3333 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3334 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
3335 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3336 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3337 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3338 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3339 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
3340 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3341 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3342 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3343 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3344 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
3345 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3346 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
3347 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3348 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3349 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3350 University of British Columbia.
3352 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3353 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3354 override the setting. Suggested by
3355 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3356 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3357 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
3358 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3359 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3360 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3362 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
3364 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
3365 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3366 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
3367 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
3368 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3369 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3370 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3372 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3373 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3374 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3375 errors in the MAIL address.
3376 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
3377 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3378 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3379 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3380 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3381 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
3382 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
3384 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3385 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3386 mailer as described in cf/README.
3387 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3388 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3389 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3390 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3391 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3393 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3394 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3395 Meteorological Institute.
3396 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3397 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3398 dot as the only character on the line.
3400 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3402 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
3403 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3404 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3405 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3406 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
3407 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3408 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
3409 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3410 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3411 it populates. It is possible that some broken
3412 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3413 Systems in this category should compile with
3414 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3415 system and report broken implementations to
3416 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
3417 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3418 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3419 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3420 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3421 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3422 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3423 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
3424 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3425 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3426 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3427 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
3428 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3429 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3431 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3432 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3433 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3434 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3435 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
3437 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3439 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3440 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
3441 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
3443 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3444 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3445 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3446 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
3447 documented, unless a family is specified in a
3448 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
3449 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3450 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3451 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3452 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
3453 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3454 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3455 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3456 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3457 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3458 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
3459 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3460 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3461 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
3462 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
3463 of Sun Microsystems.
3464 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3465 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3466 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
3467 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3468 the incoming information in the queue file for later
3470 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3471 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3473 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3474 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
3475 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3476 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3477 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3478 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3479 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3480 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
3481 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3482 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3483 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
3484 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3485 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3486 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3487 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3488 of Northern Illinois University.
3489 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
3490 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3491 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3493 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3494 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3495 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3497 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3498 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3499 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
3500 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3501 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3502 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3503 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3504 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3505 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3506 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3507 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3508 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3509 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3510 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3511 G. Thomas Consulting.
3512 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3514 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3515 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3516 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3517 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
3518 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3519 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3520 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3521 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3522 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3523 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3524 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3525 University of Mainz.
3526 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3527 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3528 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
3529 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3531 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3532 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
3533 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3534 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3535 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3536 work properly causing problems if the accept()
3537 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
3538 from Tom Moore of NCR.
3539 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
3540 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3541 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3542 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
3543 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3544 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3545 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3546 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3547 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3548 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3549 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
3550 confCACERT CACERTFile
3551 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
3552 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
3553 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
3554 confRAND_FILE RandFile
3555 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
3556 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
3557 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3558 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
3559 cf/README for more information.
3560 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3561 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3562 called due to a STARTTLS command.
3563 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3564 instead of temporary.
3565 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3566 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3567 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3569 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3570 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
3572 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3573 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3574 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3575 University of Maryland.
3576 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
3577 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3578 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3579 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3580 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3581 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3582 of the University of Alberta.
3583 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3584 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3585 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3586 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3587 of X.509 certificates.
3588 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
3589 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3590 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
3591 Universitat Regensburg.
3592 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3593 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3594 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3595 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3596 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3597 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3598 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3599 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3600 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3601 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3602 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3603 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3604 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3605 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3607 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3608 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3610 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3612 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3613 Denman Tire Corporation.
3614 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3615 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3616 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3617 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3618 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
3619 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
3620 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3621 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3623 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3624 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3628 contrib/link_hash.sh
3629 contrib/movemail.conf
3631 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3634 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
3635 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3636 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3637 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3638 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
3639 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3640 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3641 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3645 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
3646 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3647 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3648 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
3649 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3650 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
3651 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3652 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3653 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3654 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3655 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3656 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
3657 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3658 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3659 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
3660 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3661 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
3662 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3663 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3664 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3666 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3667 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3668 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3669 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3670 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3671 Polytechnic Institute.
3672 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3673 discards the message.
3674 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3675 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3676 attempted to the alias.
3677 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3680 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3681 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3682 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
3683 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
3684 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3685 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
3686 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3687 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3688 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3689 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3690 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3691 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3692 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3693 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3695 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3696 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
3697 Courtesan Consulting.
3698 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
3699 Siemens Business Services.
3700 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3701 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3703 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3704 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3705 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3706 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3707 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3708 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3709 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3711 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3712 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3713 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3714 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3715 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3717 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3718 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3720 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3721 for other internal projects but included in the open source
3723 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3724 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3725 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
3726 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3727 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3728 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3730 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3731 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
3732 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3733 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3735 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
3736 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3737 Northern Illinois University.
3738 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3739 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3740 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
3741 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3742 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3743 Polytechnique de Montreal.
3744 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3745 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3746 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3748 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3749 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3751 contrib/converting.sun.configs
3752 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3757 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
3758 *************************************************************
3759 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
3760 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
3761 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
3762 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
3763 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
3764 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
3765 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
3766 * coach, and a friend. *
3768 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
3769 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
3770 * Julie, we miss you! *
3771 *************************************************************
3772 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3773 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3774 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3775 symbolic link target.
3776 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3777 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3778 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3779 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3780 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3781 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3782 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
3783 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3784 version of sendmail.
3785 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3786 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
3787 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3789 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
3790 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
3791 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3792 for easier code sharing among the programs.
3793 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
3794 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3795 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3796 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3797 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3798 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3799 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3800 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3801 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3802 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3803 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3804 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3805 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3806 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3807 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3808 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3809 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3810 now listen on several different ports. Use:
3811 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3812 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3813 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3814 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3815 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
3816 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3817 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3818 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3819 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3820 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
3821 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3822 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
3823 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3824 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3825 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3826 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3827 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3828 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3829 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3831 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3832 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3833 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
3834 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3835 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
3836 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3837 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3838 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3839 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3840 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3842 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3843 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3844 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
3845 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3846 a control socket request.
3847 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3849 Timeout.resolver.retrans
3850 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3851 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3852 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3853 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3854 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3855 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3856 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3857 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3858 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3860 Timeout.resolver.retry
3861 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3862 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3863 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3864 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3865 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3866 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3867 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3868 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3869 query for all resolver lookups except the first
3871 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3872 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
3873 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
3874 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3875 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3876 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
3877 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3878 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
3879 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3880 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
3881 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3882 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3883 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3884 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3885 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
3886 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3887 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3888 Telecommunications Ltd.
3889 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3890 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3891 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
3892 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
3894 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3895 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3896 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3897 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3898 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3899 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
3900 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3901 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3902 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3903 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3904 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3905 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3906 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3907 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3908 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3909 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3910 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3911 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3912 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3913 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3915 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3916 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
3917 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
3918 example mailer might be:
3919 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3920 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3921 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3922 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3923 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
3925 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3926 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3927 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3928 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3929 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3931 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3932 body of the original message on delivery status
3934 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
3935 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3936 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3937 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
3938 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3939 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
3940 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
3941 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3942 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
3943 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3944 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
3945 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3946 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
3947 Conwell of Boston University.
3948 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
3949 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3950 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3951 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3953 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3954 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
3955 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3956 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3957 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3958 similar to check_rcpt etc.
3959 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3960 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3961 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3962 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3963 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3964 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3965 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
3966 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3967 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3968 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
3970 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3971 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3972 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3973 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3975 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3976 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3978 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3979 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3980 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3981 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3982 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3983 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3984 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3985 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3986 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3988 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3989 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3990 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3991 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
3992 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3993 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3994 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3995 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3996 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
3997 a denial-of-service attack.
3998 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3999 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
4000 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
4002 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
4004 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
4005 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
4006 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
4007 directly before the newline.
4008 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
4009 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
4010 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
4011 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
4012 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
4013 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
4014 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
4015 could not be opened.
4016 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
4017 value of this option is macro expanded.
4018 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
4019 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
4020 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
4021 (along with the already existing macros):
4022 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
4023 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
4024 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
4025 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
4026 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
4027 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
4028 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
4029 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
4030 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
4031 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
4032 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
4034 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
4035 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
4036 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
4037 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
4038 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
4039 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
4040 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4041 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
4042 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
4043 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
4044 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
4045 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4046 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
4047 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
4048 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4049 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
4050 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4051 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4052 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4053 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
4055 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4056 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
4057 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
4059 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4060 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
4061 of Renaissance Internet Services.
4062 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4063 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4064 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4065 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4066 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4067 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
4068 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4069 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4070 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
4071 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4072 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4073 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4074 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4075 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4076 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4077 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4079 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4080 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4081 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4082 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4083 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4084 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
4085 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
4086 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4087 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4088 David Cooley of Colby College.
4089 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4090 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
4091 already decided the message will be passed to another host
4092 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4093 Buckeridge Young Limited.
4094 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4095 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4096 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
4097 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
4098 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4099 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
4100 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4101 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
4102 of Stanford University.
4103 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
4104 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4105 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4106 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4107 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
4108 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
4109 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4110 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4111 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4112 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
4113 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4114 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
4115 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4116 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4117 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4118 attributes found in the match will be returned.
4119 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4120 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
4121 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4122 comma separated key and value strings.
4123 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4124 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4125 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4126 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4127 a single connection to that host.
4128 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4129 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4131 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4133 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4134 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4135 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
4136 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4137 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4138 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
4139 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4140 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4141 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4142 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4143 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4144 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4145 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4147 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4148 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4149 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4150 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4152 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4153 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
4154 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
4155 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4156 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4157 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4159 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4160 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4162 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
4163 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4164 important if you have large classes.
4165 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4166 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
4167 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4168 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4169 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4170 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4171 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4172 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
4173 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4174 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4175 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
4176 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4177 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4178 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
4179 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4180 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
4181 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4182 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4183 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4184 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4185 determined). For single processor machines, this change
4187 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4188 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4189 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
4190 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4191 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4192 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4193 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4194 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4195 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4196 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4197 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
4198 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4199 connection-based denial of service attacks.
4200 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4202 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4203 information (from= syslog line).
4204 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4206 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4207 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4208 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
4209 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4210 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4211 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4212 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4213 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
4214 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4215 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4216 the program as the default user and the default group, not
4217 the forward file user. This change also assures the
4218 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4219 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
4220 Popovici of DNT Romania.
4221 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4222 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
4223 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4224 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4225 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4226 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4227 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4228 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4229 helpful to know the sender of the message.
4230 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4231 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4232 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4233 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4235 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4236 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4237 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4238 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4239 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4240 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
4241 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4242 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
4243 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4244 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4245 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4246 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4247 length before the attempt.
4248 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4249 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
4250 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4251 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
4252 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4253 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4254 host status files, not all files.
4255 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4256 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4257 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4259 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4260 macro map class. This can be used to store information
4261 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4262 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4264 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
4265 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4266 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4267 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
4268 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4269 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4270 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4271 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4273 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4274 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4275 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4276 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4277 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4278 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
4279 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4280 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
4281 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4282 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4283 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4284 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4285 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
4286 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4288 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4289 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4290 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4291 if referencing a named ruleset.
4292 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4293 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4294 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4295 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
4296 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
4297 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4298 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
4299 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
4300 the University of Maryland.
4301 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4302 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4303 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4304 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
4305 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4306 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4308 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4309 but for outgoing connections.
4310 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4311 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4312 a require authentication
4313 b bind to interface through which mail has
4315 c perform hostname canonification
4316 f require fully qualified hostname
4317 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4319 C don't perform hostname canonification
4320 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4321 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4322 h use name of interface for HELO command
4323 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4324 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4325 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4326 Institutes of Health.
4327 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4328 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4329 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4330 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
4331 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4332 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4333 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4334 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4335 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4336 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4337 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4338 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
4339 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4340 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4341 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4342 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4343 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4344 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4345 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4346 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4347 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4348 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
4349 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4350 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
4351 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4352 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4353 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4354 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4355 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4356 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4358 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4359 interface address structure when loading the system network
4360 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4362 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4363 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4364 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
4365 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
4366 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4367 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4369 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4370 Northern Illinois University.
4371 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4372 envelope splitting has occurred.
4373 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4374 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4375 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4376 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4377 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4378 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4380 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4381 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
4382 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4383 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4384 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4385 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
4386 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4387 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4388 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4389 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4390 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4391 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4392 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4393 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
4394 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4395 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4396 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4397 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4398 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4399 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4400 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4401 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
4402 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4403 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4404 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4405 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4407 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4408 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4409 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4410 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4411 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
4412 ruleset lines as well.
4413 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4414 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4415 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
4416 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4418 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4419 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4420 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4421 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4422 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4423 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4424 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4425 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4426 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4427 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4429 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4430 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4431 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4432 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4433 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4434 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4435 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
4436 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4437 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4438 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4439 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4440 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
4441 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4442 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4443 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
4444 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4446 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4447 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4448 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4450 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4451 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4452 them in the .cf file.
4453 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4454 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4455 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4456 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4457 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4458 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4459 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4460 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
4461 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4462 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4463 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4464 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
4465 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
4466 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4467 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
4468 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4469 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4470 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
4471 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4472 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
4473 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4474 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4475 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4476 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
4477 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4478 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
4479 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4480 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4481 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
4482 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
4483 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4484 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4485 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
4486 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
4487 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4488 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
4489 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4490 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4491 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
4492 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4493 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
4494 don't fail on ANY queries.
4495 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4496 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4497 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4498 Northern Illinois University.
4499 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4500 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4502 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4503 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4504 Northern Illinois University.
4505 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4506 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4507 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4509 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4510 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4511 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4512 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
4513 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4514 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4515 This allows network interface probing to work
4516 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
4518 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4519 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4520 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4522 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4523 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4525 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4526 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4528 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4529 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4530 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4531 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4532 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4533 in building the operating system. Users can
4534 override the defaults by setting confCC and
4535 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4536 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4537 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4538 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4539 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4540 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4541 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4542 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4543 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4544 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4545 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4546 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
4547 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4548 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4549 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4550 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4551 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4552 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4553 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
4554 use that value in conf.h.
4555 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
4557 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4558 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4559 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4561 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
4562 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4564 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4565 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4566 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4568 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4569 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
4570 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4572 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4574 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4575 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
4576 Siemens Business Services.
4577 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4578 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4579 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4580 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
4581 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4582 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4583 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4585 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4586 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4587 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4588 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4589 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4590 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4591 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4593 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
4594 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4595 Technology Information Network.
4596 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
4597 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4598 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4599 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4601 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4602 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
4603 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
4604 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4605 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
4606 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
4608 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4609 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4610 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4611 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4612 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4613 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4614 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
4615 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
4616 Courtesan Consulting.
4617 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4618 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4619 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4620 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4621 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4622 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4624 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4625 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4627 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4628 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4629 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4630 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
4632 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4633 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
4634 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
4635 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
4636 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
4637 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
4638 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
4639 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
4640 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
4641 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
4642 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
4643 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
4644 confPID_FILE PidFile
4645 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
4646 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
4647 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
4648 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
4649 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4650 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4651 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
4652 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4653 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4654 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
4655 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
4656 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4657 which takes the options as argument and can be used
4658 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4659 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4660 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4661 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
4662 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4664 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4665 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4666 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4667 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4668 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
4669 value should be changed with care.
4670 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4671 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4672 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4673 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4675 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4676 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
4678 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4679 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4680 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4681 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4682 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4683 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4684 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4685 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4686 of Northern Illinois University.
4687 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4688 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4689 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4690 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4691 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4693 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4695 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4696 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4697 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4698 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
4699 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4701 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4702 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4703 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4704 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4705 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4706 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4707 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
4708 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4709 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4710 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4711 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
4712 Hubert of University of Washington.
4713 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4714 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
4715 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4716 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4717 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4718 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
4719 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4720 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
4721 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4723 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4724 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4726 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4727 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4728 University and Brian Candler.
4729 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4730 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4731 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4732 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4734 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4735 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4736 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4737 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4738 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4739 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4740 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4741 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4742 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4743 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4744 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4745 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
4746 Willamette Industries, Inc.
4747 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4748 converted to <user@d>
4749 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4750 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4751 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4752 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4754 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4755 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4756 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4758 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4759 be accessed by their numbers).
4760 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4761 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4763 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4764 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4765 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4766 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4767 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4768 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4769 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4770 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4771 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4772 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4773 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4774 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4776 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4777 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4778 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4779 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
4780 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4781 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4782 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4783 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4784 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4785 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4786 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4787 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4788 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4789 University of California at Berkeley.
4790 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4791 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4792 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
4793 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4794 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4796 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4797 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4798 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4800 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4801 be used for building.
4802 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4803 used for a fresh build.
4804 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4805 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4807 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4808 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4809 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4810 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
4812 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4813 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4814 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4815 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4816 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
4817 of Siemens Business Services.
4818 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4819 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4820 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
4822 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4823 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4824 They should contain the C source files for the object files
4825 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
4826 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4827 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4828 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
4829 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4830 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4831 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4832 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
4833 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4834 are in devtools/README.
4835 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4836 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4837 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4838 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
4839 new variable which identifies the root of the source
4840 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4841 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4842 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4844 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4845 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4846 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4847 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4848 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4850 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4851 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4853 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4854 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
4855 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4856 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4857 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4859 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4860 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4861 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4862 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
4863 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4864 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4865 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4866 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4867 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4868 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
4869 install-strip target.
4870 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4871 the others (if it exists).
4872 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4873 then the default ones.
4874 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
4875 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4876 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4878 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4879 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4880 Northern Illinois University.
4881 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4882 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4883 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4884 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4885 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
4886 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4888 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4889 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4890 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4892 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4893 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
4894 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4895 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4896 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4897 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4898 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4900 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4901 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4902 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4903 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4904 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4905 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4906 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
4907 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4908 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4909 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4910 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4911 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4912 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4913 Alcatel Australia Limited.
4914 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4915 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
4916 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4917 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4918 timeout to avoid starvation.
4919 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4920 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4921 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4922 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4923 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4924 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4925 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4927 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4928 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4929 sendmail configuration file.
4930 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4931 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4933 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
4934 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4935 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
4936 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4937 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
4938 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4939 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4940 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4941 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4943 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4944 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4945 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
4946 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4947 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4948 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4949 Institute for Global Communications.
4950 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4951 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
4952 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4953 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4954 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
4955 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4956 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
4957 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4958 of the Institute for Global Communications.
4959 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
4960 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4961 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4962 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
4963 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4965 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4966 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
4967 which execute the actual Build script in
4969 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4970 -mandoc as they were previously.
4971 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4972 of Build will work (unless parameters are
4973 required for Build).
4981 Renamed Directories:
4982 BuildTools => devtools
4986 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4987 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4993 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4994 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4995 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4997 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4998 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4999 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
5000 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
5004 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
5005 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
5006 contrib/domainmap.m4
5009 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
5011 devtools/M4/string.m4
5012 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
5013 devtools/M4/switch.m4
5016 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
5017 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
5019 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
5027 sendmail/bf_portable.c
5028 sendmail/bf_portable.h
5031 sendmail/shmticklib.c
5032 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
5038 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
5039 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
5040 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
5041 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
5042 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
5043 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
5044 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
5045 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
5046 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
5048 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5050 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
5051 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5052 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5053 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5054 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5055 Schools" project (IdS).
5056 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5057 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
5058 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
5059 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5060 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5061 when performing the MIME header length check. This
5062 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
5063 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5064 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5065 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5066 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5067 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5068 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5069 ExecPC Internet Systems.
5070 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5071 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5072 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5073 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
5074 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5075 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5076 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5077 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
5078 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5079 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5080 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5081 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5082 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5083 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5084 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5085 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5086 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5087 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
5088 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5091 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5092 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
5093 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5094 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
5095 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
5096 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5097 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5098 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5099 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5100 Technical University of Denmark.
5101 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5102 Supercomputer Center.
5103 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5104 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5105 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5106 of Stanford University.
5107 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5108 between different releases. Back out the
5109 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5110 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5111 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5112 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5113 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5115 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5116 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5117 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5119 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5120 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
5121 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5122 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5123 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
5124 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5125 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
5126 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5127 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5128 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5129 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5130 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5131 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5134 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5135 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5136 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5138 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
5139 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5140 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
5141 for a denial of service attack.
5142 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5143 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5144 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5145 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5147 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5148 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5149 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5150 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5151 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5152 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
5153 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5154 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5156 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5157 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5158 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5159 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5160 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5161 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5162 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5163 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
5164 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5165 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5166 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5167 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5168 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5169 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5170 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5171 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5172 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5173 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5175 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5176 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
5177 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5178 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5179 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5180 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
5181 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5182 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
5183 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5184 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5185 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5186 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5188 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5189 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5190 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5191 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5192 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5193 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5194 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5195 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5196 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5197 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5198 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5199 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
5200 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5202 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
5203 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5204 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5205 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5206 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
5207 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
5208 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5209 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5210 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
5211 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5212 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
5213 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5214 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5215 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
5216 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5217 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
5218 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5219 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5220 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5221 Meteorological Institute.
5222 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5223 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
5224 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5226 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5227 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5228 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
5229 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5230 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5231 reading network interface addresses into
5232 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
5233 Cal State University, Chico.
5234 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5235 from changing the semantics of the compiled
5236 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
5237 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5238 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
5239 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5240 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5241 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
5242 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5243 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5244 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5245 of Sun Microsystems.
5246 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
5247 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5248 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
5250 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
5251 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5252 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
5254 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5255 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5257 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5258 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5260 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
5261 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5262 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5263 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
5264 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5265 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5266 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5267 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
5268 Manawatu Internet Services.
5269 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5270 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5271 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
5272 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5273 of Northern Illinois University.
5274 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
5275 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5277 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5279 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
5280 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5281 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5282 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5283 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5284 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5285 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5286 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5287 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5288 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5289 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5290 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
5291 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5292 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
5293 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5294 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5295 the envelope From header.
5296 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5297 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5298 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5299 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5300 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5301 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5302 Portal Services, Inc.
5303 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5304 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
5306 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5308 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5309 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5310 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5311 contrib/smcontrol.pl
5314 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
5315 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5316 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5317 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5318 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5319 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5320 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5321 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5322 Meteorological Institute.
5323 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5324 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
5325 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5326 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5327 installation commands. The man pages would still be
5328 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
5329 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5330 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5331 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5332 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5333 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5334 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5335 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5336 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5337 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5338 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5339 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5340 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5341 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5342 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
5344 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5345 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
5346 DaveLtd Enterprises.
5347 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5348 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
5349 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5350 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5351 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
5352 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5353 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
5354 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5355 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5356 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5357 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5358 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5359 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5361 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5362 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
5363 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5364 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5365 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5366 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5368 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5369 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5370 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5371 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5372 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
5374 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
5375 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5377 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
5378 J. P. McCann of E I A.
5379 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
5381 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5382 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5383 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5384 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5385 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5386 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5387 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5388 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5389 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
5390 would not accept @@hostname.
5391 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5392 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5393 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5394 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
5395 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5397 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5399 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
5400 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5401 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5402 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5403 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
5404 which need the ability to override security can use the
5405 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
5407 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5408 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5409 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5410 world writable directories.
5411 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5412 it is in a world writable directory.
5413 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5414 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5415 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
5416 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5417 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5418 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5419 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5420 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5421 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5422 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5423 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
5424 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5425 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5426 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
5427 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5429 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5430 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5431 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5432 the University of Maryland.
5433 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
5434 of Cal State University, Chico.
5435 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
5436 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5437 current version of Berkeley DB.
5438 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5439 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5440 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5441 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5443 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5444 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5445 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
5447 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5448 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5449 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
5450 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5451 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5452 mail.local on the F=z flag.
5453 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
5454 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5455 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
5456 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5457 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5458 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5459 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5460 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5461 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5462 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5463 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5464 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5465 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5466 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5467 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
5468 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5469 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
5470 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5471 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5472 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5473 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5474 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
5475 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5476 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5477 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5478 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
5480 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5481 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5482 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5483 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5484 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
5485 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5486 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5487 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5488 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5489 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
5490 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5491 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5492 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5493 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5494 sender for those failures.
5495 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5496 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5497 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5498 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
5500 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5501 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5502 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5503 of Procter & Gamble.
5504 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5505 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5506 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5507 of Procter & Gamble.
5508 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
5509 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5510 of system security. This should only be used if you are
5511 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
5512 DontBlameSendmail options are:
5515 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5516 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5517 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5518 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5519 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5520 GroupWritableAliasFile
5521 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5522 WorldWritableAliasFile
5523 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5524 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5525 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5526 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5527 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5528 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5530 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5531 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5532 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5533 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5534 LinkedMapInWritableDir
5535 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5536 FileDeliveryToHardLink
5537 FileDeliveryToSymLink
5540 WriteStatsToHardLink
5542 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5544 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5545 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
5546 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5547 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5548 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5549 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5550 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5551 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5552 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5553 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5554 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5555 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5556 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5557 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5558 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5559 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5560 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5561 contrast to the success case).
5562 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
5565 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5566 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5567 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5568 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5569 from hiding their connection information in Received:
5571 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5572 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
5573 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5574 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5575 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5576 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
5577 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5578 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
5579 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5580 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5581 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5582 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5583 remote identity can be queried.
5584 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5585 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5586 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
5587 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5588 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5589 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5590 some of the details are determined dynamically via
5591 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5592 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5593 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5594 the new Build method which creates an operating system
5595 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5596 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5597 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5598 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
5599 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5600 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
5601 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5602 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5603 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5604 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5605 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5606 This means that even if only one of the recipients
5607 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5608 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5609 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5610 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
5611 of CNET: The Computer Network.
5612 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5613 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5614 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5615 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5616 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5617 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5618 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5619 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5620 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5621 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5622 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5623 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5624 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5625 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5626 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
5627 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5628 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5629 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5630 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5632 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5634 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5635 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
5636 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5637 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5638 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5639 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5640 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5641 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5643 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
5644 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5645 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5647 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5648 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
5649 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5650 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5651 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5652 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
5653 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5654 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
5656 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5657 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
5658 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
5659 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5660 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5661 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
5662 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5663 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5664 Stratus Computer, Inc.
5665 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5666 currently supported version.
5667 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
5668 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5669 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5670 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5671 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
5672 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5673 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5674 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5675 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5676 message in error bounces.
5677 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5678 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5679 Digital Equipment Corporation.
5681 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5682 of Kyoto University.
5683 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
5684 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5686 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5687 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5689 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5690 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5691 the University of Maryland.
5692 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5693 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5694 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5695 Meteorological Institute.
5696 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5697 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5698 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5699 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5700 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5701 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5702 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
5703 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
5704 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5705 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5706 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
5707 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5708 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5709 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
5711 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5712 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5713 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
5714 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5715 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5716 directory for certain programs.
5717 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5718 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5719 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5720 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
5721 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5722 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5723 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
5724 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
5725 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5726 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5727 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5728 the user to setup different .forward files for
5729 user+detail addressing.
5730 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5731 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5732 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5733 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5734 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5735 outside your domain).
5736 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5737 any site to any site.
5738 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5739 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5740 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5741 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5742 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5743 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
5744 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5745 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
5746 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5747 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5748 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5749 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5750 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5751 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5752 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5754 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
5755 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
5756 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5757 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5758 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
5759 needed for most installations.
5760 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5761 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
5762 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5763 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5764 the University of Maryland.
5765 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5766 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5767 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5768 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5769 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5770 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5771 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5772 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5773 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5774 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5775 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5776 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
5777 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5778 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
5779 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5780 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5781 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5782 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
5783 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
5784 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
5785 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5786 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5787 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5788 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5789 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5790 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
5791 above for more information.
5792 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5793 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5794 Meteorological Institute.
5795 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5796 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5797 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
5798 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
5799 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5800 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5801 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5802 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5803 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5804 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5805 MustQuoteChars respectively.
5806 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
5807 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5808 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
5809 CMU (now of Netscape).
5810 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5811 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
5812 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
5813 read mail.local/README.
5814 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5815 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5816 University of Maryland.
5817 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5819 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5820 Meteorological Institute.
5821 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5822 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5823 University of Maryland.
5824 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5825 such as linked files in world writable directories.
5826 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5827 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5828 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
5829 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5831 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
5832 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5833 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5835 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5836 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5837 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5839 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5840 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5841 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5842 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5843 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5844 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5845 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5846 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5847 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5848 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5849 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5850 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5851 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5852 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5853 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5855 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5856 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5858 BuildTools/Site/README
5859 BuildTools/bin/Build
5860 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5861 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5862 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5865 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5866 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5867 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5868 cf/feature/access_db.m4
5869 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5870 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5871 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5872 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5874 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5875 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5876 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5877 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5879 contrib/doublebounce.pl
5881 mail.local/Makefile.m4
5884 mailstats/Makefile.m4
5888 praliases/Makefile.m4
5898 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5900 mail.local/Makefile.dist
5902 mailstats/Makefile.dist
5904 makemap/Makefile.dist
5906 praliases/Makefile.dist
5911 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5912 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5913 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5914 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5917 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5918 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5919 src/READ_ME => src/README
5921 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
5922 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5923 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5924 Meteorological Institute.
5925 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5926 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
5927 Arseneault of SRI International.
5928 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5929 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5930 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5931 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5932 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5933 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5934 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
5935 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
5936 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5937 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5938 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5940 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5941 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5942 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5943 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5944 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5945 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5946 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5947 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5948 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
5949 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5950 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5951 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5952 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5953 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5954 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5955 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
5956 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5957 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5958 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
5959 results during a single message processing (but would
5960 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
5961 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5962 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5963 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5964 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5965 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5966 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5967 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5968 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5969 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5970 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
5971 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5972 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5973 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5974 and the inability to save a bounce message to
5975 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5976 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5977 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5978 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5980 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
5981 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5982 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5983 could cause confusing error messages.
5984 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5985 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
5986 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5987 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5989 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
5990 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5991 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5992 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5993 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5994 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5995 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5997 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5998 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
5999 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6000 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
6001 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
6002 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
6003 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
6004 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6006 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
6007 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
6008 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
6009 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
6010 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
6011 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
6012 RUS University of Stuttgart.
6014 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
6015 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
6016 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
6017 of Stanford University.
6018 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
6019 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
6020 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
6022 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
6023 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
6024 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
6025 Electronic Data Systems.
6026 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
6027 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
6028 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
6029 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
6030 loader environment variables into the loader memory
6031 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
6032 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
6033 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
6034 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
6035 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
6036 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
6037 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
6038 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
6039 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
6040 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
6041 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6042 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
6043 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6044 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
6045 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
6046 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
6048 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6049 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6050 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6051 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
6052 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6053 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6055 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6056 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6057 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6060 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
6061 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6062 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6063 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6064 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6065 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6067 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6068 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
6069 of Technology, Stockholm.
6070 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6071 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6072 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6073 that these routines are included as though they were in the
6074 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6075 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6076 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6077 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6078 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6079 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6080 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
6081 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6082 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6083 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
6084 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6085 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
6086 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6087 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6088 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6089 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
6090 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6091 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6092 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6093 have to assume that the information is good.
6094 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6096 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6097 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6098 errors during testing.
6099 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6100 printed in the error message.
6101 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6102 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6103 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6104 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6105 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6106 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6107 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6108 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6109 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6110 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
6111 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6112 runner runs during a critical section in another message
6113 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6115 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6116 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6117 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6118 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
6119 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6120 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6121 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6122 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6123 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6124 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6125 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6126 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6127 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6128 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
6129 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6130 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6131 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6133 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6134 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6135 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6136 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
6137 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6138 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6139 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6140 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
6141 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6142 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6143 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
6145 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6146 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
6147 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6148 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6150 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6151 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
6152 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6154 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
6155 of Argonne National Laboratory.
6156 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6157 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6158 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
6159 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6160 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6162 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6163 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6164 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6165 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6166 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6167 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6169 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
6170 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6171 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
6172 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6174 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6175 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6176 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
6177 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
6178 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6179 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6180 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6181 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6183 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6184 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
6185 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6186 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6187 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6188 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6189 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6190 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6192 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6193 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
6195 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
6196 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6197 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6198 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6199 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6200 changed after open".
6201 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
6203 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6205 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6206 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6208 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6212 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
6213 *************************************************************
6214 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
6215 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
6216 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
6217 * continued sendmail development. *
6218 *************************************************************
6219 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6220 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6221 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
6222 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6223 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6224 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
6225 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6226 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
6227 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6228 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
6229 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6230 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6231 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
6232 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6233 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6234 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6235 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6236 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6237 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6238 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6239 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6240 another database; this can be used either to expose
6241 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6242 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6243 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
6244 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6245 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6246 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6247 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
6248 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6250 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6251 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6252 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
6253 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
6254 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6255 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6256 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6257 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6258 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6259 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6260 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6261 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6262 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6263 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6264 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6265 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6266 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6267 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6268 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6269 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6270 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
6271 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6272 NFS-mounted filesystems.
6273 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6274 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6275 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6276 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6277 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
6278 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6279 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6280 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
6281 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6282 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6283 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6285 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6286 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
6288 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6289 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
6290 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6291 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6292 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6293 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6294 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6295 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
6296 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6297 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6298 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6300 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6301 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
6302 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6303 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6304 too large) don't send the bogus message.
6305 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6306 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
6307 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6308 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6309 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
6310 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6311 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6312 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
6314 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6315 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
6317 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6318 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6319 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6320 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
6321 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
6322 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6323 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6324 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6325 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6326 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6328 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6329 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6330 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6332 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6333 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6334 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
6335 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6336 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6337 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6338 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6339 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
6340 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6342 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6343 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6345 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6346 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6347 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6348 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6349 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
6350 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6351 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6352 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
6353 erroneous results during a single message processing
6354 (but would recover when the next message was received).
6355 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6356 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
6357 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6358 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6359 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
6360 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6361 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6362 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6363 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6364 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6365 address as "may be forged".
6366 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6367 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6368 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6369 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6370 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6371 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
6373 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6374 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6375 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6376 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6377 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6378 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6379 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6380 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6381 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6383 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6384 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
6385 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6386 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6387 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
6388 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6389 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6390 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6391 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6392 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
6393 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6395 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6396 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6397 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
6398 John Beck of SunSoft.
6399 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6400 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6401 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6402 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6403 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6404 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6405 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6406 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
6407 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6408 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
6409 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6411 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6412 on some architectures.
6414 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6415 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6416 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
6417 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6418 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6420 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6421 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6422 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6423 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6424 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6425 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6426 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6427 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6428 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
6429 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6430 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6431 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6432 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6433 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6434 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6436 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
6438 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6439 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6441 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6442 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6443 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6444 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
6446 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6447 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6448 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6449 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6450 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6451 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6452 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6453 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
6454 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6455 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6456 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
6457 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6458 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6459 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6460 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6461 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6462 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6463 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6464 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6465 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6466 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6467 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6468 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
6469 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6470 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6471 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6472 was specified, even when it wasn't.
6473 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
6474 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6475 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6476 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
6477 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6478 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6479 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6480 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6481 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
6482 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6483 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6485 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
6486 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
6487 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6488 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6489 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6490 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6491 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6492 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6494 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6495 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6496 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
6497 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
6498 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6499 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
6500 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6501 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6502 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6503 for system accounts.
6506 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6508 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6509 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6510 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6512 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6513 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6515 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
6516 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
6517 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6518 even if RunAsUser is specified.
6519 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
6520 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6521 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6522 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6523 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6524 University of Pennsylvania.
6525 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6526 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
6527 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6528 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6529 was unnecessarily awful.
6530 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6531 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6532 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6533 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6534 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6535 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6536 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6537 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6538 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6539 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6540 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6541 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6542 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
6543 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6544 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6545 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6547 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6548 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
6549 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6551 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6552 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6553 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
6554 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
6555 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6556 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6557 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6558 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6559 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6560 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6561 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6562 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
6563 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6564 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
6566 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6567 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6568 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6569 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
6570 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6571 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6572 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6573 The current values and defaults are:
6574 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6575 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
6576 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
6577 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
6578 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6579 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6580 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6581 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6582 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
6583 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6584 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6585 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6586 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6587 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6588 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
6590 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6591 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6592 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6593 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6594 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6595 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6596 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6597 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6598 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6599 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6600 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6601 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6603 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6604 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6605 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6606 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6607 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
6608 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6609 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6610 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6612 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6613 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6614 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6615 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6616 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6617 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6618 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6620 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6621 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6622 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6623 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6624 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6625 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6626 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6627 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
6628 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6629 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6631 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6632 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
6633 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6634 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6635 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
6636 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6637 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6638 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
6639 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6640 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6641 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6642 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
6643 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
6644 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
6645 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6646 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6647 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6648 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6649 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
6650 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6651 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6652 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6653 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6654 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6655 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6656 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6659 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
6660 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6661 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6662 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
6663 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6664 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
6665 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
6666 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6667 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6668 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6669 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
6670 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6671 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
6672 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
6673 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6674 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6675 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6676 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6677 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
6678 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6679 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6680 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6681 Problem noted by several people.
6682 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6683 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6684 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
6686 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6687 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6688 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6689 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6690 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6691 of Best Internet Communications.
6692 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
6693 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6694 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6695 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6696 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6697 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6698 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6699 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6700 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
6701 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6702 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6703 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6704 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6705 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6706 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6707 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
6709 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
6710 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6711 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6712 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6713 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
6714 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
6715 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6716 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6717 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6718 of Kyoto University.
6719 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6720 conditions from Don Lewis.
6721 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6722 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6723 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6724 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
6725 patch from Bryan Costales.
6727 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6728 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
6729 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
6730 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6731 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6732 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
6733 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6734 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
6735 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6736 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
6737 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6739 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6741 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6742 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6743 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6744 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6745 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6746 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
6747 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6748 than one long one. By popular demand.
6749 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
6750 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6751 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6752 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6753 of NTT Software Corporation.
6754 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6758 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
6759 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6760 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
6761 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6762 best-of-security list.
6763 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6764 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6765 should make it clearer to people that they are running
6767 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6768 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6769 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6770 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
6771 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6772 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6773 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6774 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
6775 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6776 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6777 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6778 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6779 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6780 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
6781 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6782 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6783 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6784 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6785 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
6787 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
6788 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6789 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6790 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6791 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6792 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6794 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6795 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6796 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6797 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
6798 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6799 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6800 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6801 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
6802 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6803 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
6804 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6805 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6806 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6807 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6808 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6809 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6810 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6811 University of Linkoping.
6812 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6813 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
6814 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6815 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6816 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6817 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6818 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6820 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6821 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6822 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6823 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6824 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
6825 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
6826 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6828 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6829 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6830 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
6831 HÃ¥kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6832 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6833 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6834 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6835 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6836 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6837 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6838 The outline of the implementation was contributed
6839 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6840 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6841 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6842 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6843 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6844 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
6845 Earickson of Colby College.
6846 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
6847 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6848 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6850 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6851 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
6852 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6853 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6854 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6855 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
6856 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6857 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6858 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6859 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6860 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6861 University of Washington, Seattle.
6862 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6863 Polytechnic Institute.
6864 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6865 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6867 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6869 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6871 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
6872 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6873 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6875 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6876 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6877 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6878 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6879 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6882 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
6883 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6884 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
6885 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6886 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6887 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6888 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
6889 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6891 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6892 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6894 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
6895 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6896 on illegal host names.
6897 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6898 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6899 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
6900 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6901 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6902 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6903 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6904 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6905 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6906 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6907 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
6908 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6909 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6910 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6911 University of Leicester.
6912 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6913 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6914 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6915 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
6916 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6917 University of Washington.
6919 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
6920 people pointed this out.
6921 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6922 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6923 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6924 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6925 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6926 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6927 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6928 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6930 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
6931 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6932 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
6933 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6935 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
6936 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6937 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6938 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6939 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
6940 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6941 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
6942 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6943 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
6944 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6945 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6946 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6947 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6948 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6950 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6951 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6952 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6953 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6954 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6955 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
6956 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6957 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6958 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6959 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
6960 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6961 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6962 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6963 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
6964 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6965 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6966 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6967 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6969 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6970 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6972 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6973 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6974 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6975 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6976 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
6977 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6978 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6979 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6980 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6981 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6982 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6983 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6984 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6986 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6987 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6988 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6989 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6990 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
6991 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6992 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6993 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6994 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6995 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
6996 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6997 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6998 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6999 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
7000 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
7001 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
7002 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
7003 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
7004 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
7006 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
7007 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
7009 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
7010 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
7011 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
7012 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
7013 there should be no security implications. Implementation
7014 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
7015 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
7016 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
7017 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
7018 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
7019 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
7020 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
7021 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
7023 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
7024 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
7025 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
7026 University of Maryland.
7027 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
7028 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
7029 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
7030 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
7031 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
7032 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
7033 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
7034 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
7035 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
7036 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
7037 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
7038 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
7039 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
7040 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
7041 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
7042 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
7043 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
7044 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
7045 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
7046 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
7048 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7049 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7050 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
7051 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7052 is for incoming connections only.
7053 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
7054 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7055 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
7056 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
7057 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7058 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7059 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7060 (e.g., due to connection caching).
7061 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7062 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7063 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7064 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
7065 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7066 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7067 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7068 that take a very long time to run.
7069 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
7070 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7071 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7072 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7073 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
7074 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7075 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7076 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7077 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7078 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7079 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
7081 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7082 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7084 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7085 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7086 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7087 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7088 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7089 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7090 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7091 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7092 different for this case.
7093 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7094 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7095 of Stanford University.
7096 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7097 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7098 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
7099 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7100 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7101 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
7102 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7103 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7104 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
7105 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7106 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7107 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7108 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
7109 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7110 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7111 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7112 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7113 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7114 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7116 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7117 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7118 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
7119 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7120 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7121 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
7122 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7123 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7125 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7126 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7128 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7129 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7130 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7131 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
7132 either of these in their configuration file.
7133 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7134 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
7135 St. Peter's College.
7136 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7137 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
7138 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7139 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7140 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
7141 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7142 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7143 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
7144 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7146 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7147 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7148 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
7149 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7150 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7151 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
7152 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7153 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7154 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7155 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7157 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7158 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7159 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7160 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7161 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7162 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7163 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7164 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7165 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7166 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7167 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7169 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
7170 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7171 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7172 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7173 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7175 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
7176 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7177 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7178 See also the src/READ_ME file.
7179 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7180 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
7181 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7182 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7183 two characters $, +.
7184 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7186 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7187 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7188 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7190 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7191 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
7193 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7194 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7195 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
7196 Beck of InReference, Inc.
7197 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7198 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7199 Computing Corporation.
7200 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7201 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7202 Internet Communications.
7203 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7204 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7205 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7207 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
7208 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7209 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7210 of the University of Iceland.
7211 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7212 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7213 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7214 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
7215 this change is a no-op.
7216 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
7218 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
7220 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7221 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
7222 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7223 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7224 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
7225 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7226 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7227 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7228 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
7229 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7230 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7231 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
7232 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
7234 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7235 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
7236 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7237 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7238 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7239 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
7240 easily determine what messages are to their role as
7241 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
7242 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7243 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7244 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
7245 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7246 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7247 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7248 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
7249 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7250 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
7251 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7252 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
7253 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
7254 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7255 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7256 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
7257 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
7258 of Stanford University.
7259 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7260 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
7261 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7262 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7263 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7264 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7265 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7266 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7267 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7268 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7269 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
7270 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
7271 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7272 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
7274 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7275 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7276 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
7277 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7278 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
7279 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7280 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
7281 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
7282 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
7283 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
7284 value is ".hoststat".
7285 There are also two new operation modes:
7286 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7288 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
7289 recent status information.
7290 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7291 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7292 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7293 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7294 framework is gratefully appreciated.
7295 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7296 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7297 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7298 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7299 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7300 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7301 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7302 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7303 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7304 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
7305 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7306 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7307 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
7309 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7310 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7311 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7312 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7313 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7314 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7315 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7316 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7317 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7318 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7319 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7321 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7322 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7323 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
7324 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7325 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7326 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7327 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
7328 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7329 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7330 of Washington, Seattle.
7331 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
7332 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7333 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7334 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7335 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7336 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
7337 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7338 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
7339 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
7341 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7342 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7343 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7344 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7345 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7346 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7347 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
7348 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7349 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7351 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7352 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
7353 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7354 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7355 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7356 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7357 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7358 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
7359 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7360 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
7361 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7362 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7363 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
7364 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7365 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7366 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
7368 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7369 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7370 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7371 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
7372 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7373 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
7374 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7375 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7376 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
7377 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
7378 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7379 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7380 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7381 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7382 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7383 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7384 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7385 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7386 National University of Singapore.
7387 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
7388 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7389 system can't cope with.
7391 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7392 Atlas International.
7393 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7395 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7396 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7397 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
7398 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7399 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7400 Bernstein and Associates.
7401 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7402 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
7403 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7404 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7405 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7406 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7407 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7408 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7409 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7410 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7411 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7412 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7413 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7414 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7415 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7416 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7418 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7419 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7420 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7421 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7422 Employment Standards Administration.
7423 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7424 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7426 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7427 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7428 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7429 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7430 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7431 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7432 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7433 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7434 of the University of Arizona.
7435 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
7436 Vanderbilt University.
7437 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7438 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7439 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
7440 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7441 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
7442 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7443 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7444 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7445 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7447 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7448 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7449 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7450 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
7452 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
7453 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
7454 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7455 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
7456 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7457 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7458 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
7459 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7460 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7461 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
7462 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7463 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7464 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7465 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
7466 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7467 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
7468 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7469 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7470 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7471 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7472 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7473 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
7474 info@foo.com foo-info
7475 info@bar.com bar-info
7476 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
7477 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7478 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7479 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7480 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
7481 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
7482 a great many people.
7483 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7484 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7485 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7487 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7488 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7489 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7490 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
7491 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
7492 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7493 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7494 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7495 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
7496 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
7497 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7498 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7499 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7500 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
7501 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7502 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
7503 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7504 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7505 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7507 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7508 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
7509 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7510 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7511 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
7512 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7513 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7514 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
7515 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7516 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7517 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7518 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7519 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7520 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
7522 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7523 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7524 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7525 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7527 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7528 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
7529 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7530 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7531 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7532 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7533 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
7534 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7535 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7536 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7537 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7538 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7539 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7540 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
7542 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7543 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7544 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7545 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7547 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7548 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7549 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7550 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7551 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7552 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7553 mailstats/mailstats.8
7554 praliases/praliases.8
7555 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7556 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7557 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7558 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7559 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7563 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7565 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7567 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7571 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7572 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
7573 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
7574 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7575 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7577 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
7578 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7579 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7580 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
7581 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7582 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7583 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7584 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
7585 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7587 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
7588 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7589 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7590 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7591 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7592 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7595 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
7596 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7597 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7598 any user (except root).
7599 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7600 version number is unchanged.
7602 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
7603 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7604 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
7605 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7606 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7607 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
7608 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7609 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7610 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
7613 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7614 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7615 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
7616 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7617 Stanford University.
7618 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7619 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7621 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
7622 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7623 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
7624 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7625 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7626 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7627 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
7628 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7629 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
7630 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7631 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7632 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7633 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
7635 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7636 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7637 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7638 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7639 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7640 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7641 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7642 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
7643 bounces when it should have requeued.
7644 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7645 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7646 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
7647 John Hawkinson of Panix.
7648 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7649 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7650 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7651 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
7652 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
7653 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7654 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7656 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
7657 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7658 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7659 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
7660 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7661 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7662 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7663 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7664 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7665 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7666 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7667 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
7668 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7669 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7671 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7672 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7673 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7674 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7675 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7676 included even if the user did not request success notification,
7677 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7678 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7679 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7680 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7681 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
7682 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7683 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
7685 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7686 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
7687 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7688 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7689 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7690 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7691 Technological University.
7692 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7693 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
7694 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7695 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7696 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
7697 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7698 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7699 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7700 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7701 to have the database format of the alias files without the
7702 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7704 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7705 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7706 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7707 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7708 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7710 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7711 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
7712 Association for Progressive Communications.
7713 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7714 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7715 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7716 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7717 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
7718 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7719 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7721 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7722 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
7723 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
7724 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7725 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7726 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7727 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
7728 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7729 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
7730 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7732 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7733 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
7734 James B. Davis of TCI.
7735 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
7736 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7737 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7738 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
7739 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7740 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7741 isn't supported on all compilers.
7742 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7743 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7744 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7745 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7746 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7747 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7748 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7750 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7751 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7752 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7753 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
7754 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7755 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7756 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
7757 for different files.
7758 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
7759 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7760 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7761 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7762 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7765 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
7766 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7767 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7768 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
7769 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7770 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7771 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7772 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7773 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7774 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7775 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7776 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7777 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
7778 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7779 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7780 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7781 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7782 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7783 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
7784 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7785 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7786 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7787 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7788 results. This could have security implications.
7789 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7790 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7791 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7792 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7793 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
7794 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7795 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
7797 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
7798 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7799 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7800 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7801 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7802 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7803 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
7804 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7805 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7806 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
7807 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
7808 domain names are your friends.
7809 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7810 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7811 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7812 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7813 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7814 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
7815 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7816 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7818 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7819 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7820 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7821 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7824 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7825 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
7826 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7827 file and SGI standards. From Andre
7828 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7829 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7830 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7831 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7832 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7833 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7834 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
7835 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7836 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7837 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7838 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7839 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7840 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7841 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7842 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7843 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7844 Infobiogen (France).
7846 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7847 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7848 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7851 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7852 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7853 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7854 Global Communications.
7855 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7856 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7857 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7858 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
7859 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7860 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
7861 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7862 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7863 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7865 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7866 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7867 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7868 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7869 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7870 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7871 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7872 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7873 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7875 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7876 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7877 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7878 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
7879 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7880 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7881 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
7882 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
7883 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
7884 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7885 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7886 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7887 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7888 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7889 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7890 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7891 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7892 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7893 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7894 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7895 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7896 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
7897 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7898 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7899 Swarthmore University.
7900 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7901 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7902 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7903 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7905 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7906 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7908 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7909 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7910 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7911 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7912 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7913 and the parsed address.
7914 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7915 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7916 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
7917 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7918 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
7919 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7921 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7923 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7924 `mapname' and return the result.
7925 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7926 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7927 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7928 the header for envelope sender information and uses
7929 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
7930 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7931 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7933 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7934 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7935 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
7936 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7937 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7938 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7939 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7940 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7941 of Michigan Technological University.
7942 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7943 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7944 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7945 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
7946 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
7947 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7948 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
7950 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7951 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7952 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
7953 the error message. It was especially weird because it
7954 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7955 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
7956 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7957 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7958 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
7959 should have minimal impact on external function.
7960 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7961 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7963 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7969 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7970 C CheckpointInterval
7972 D AutoRebuildAliases
7985 k ConnectionCacheSize
7986 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
8013 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
8014 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
8015 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
8018 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
8019 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
8020 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
8021 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
8022 specify "V6" in the configuration.
8023 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
8024 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
8025 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
8026 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
8027 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
8028 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
8029 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
8030 This requires config file support to get right. It does
8031 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
8032 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8033 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
8034 A Addresses are aliasable.
8035 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
8036 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
8037 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
8038 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
8039 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
8040 recipient mailer flags.
8041 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
8042 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
8044 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
8045 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
8046 : Check for :include: on this address.
8047 | Check for |program on this address.
8048 / Check for /file on this address.
8049 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
8050 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
8051 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8052 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8053 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8054 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8055 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8056 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
8057 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8058 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8059 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
8060 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8061 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
8062 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8063 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8064 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8065 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8066 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8067 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
8068 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8069 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8070 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
8071 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8072 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8073 (essentially, the full MIME option).
8074 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8075 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8076 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8077 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
8079 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8081 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8082 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8083 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8084 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8085 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8086 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8087 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
8088 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8089 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
8090 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8091 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
8092 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8093 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8094 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8095 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8096 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
8097 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8098 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8099 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8100 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8101 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8102 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
8103 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8104 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8105 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
8106 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8107 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8108 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8110 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8111 fashion as the U= mailer option.
8112 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8113 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
8114 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8115 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8116 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8117 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8118 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
8119 from Chip Rosenthal.
8120 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8123 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8124 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
8125 set them both the preferred new syntax is
8126 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8127 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8128 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8129 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8130 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
8131 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8132 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
8133 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8134 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8135 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
8136 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8137 contribution was to make it configurable).
8138 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8139 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8140 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8141 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8142 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8143 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8144 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8145 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8146 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8148 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8150 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8151 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8152 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8153 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8154 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8155 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
8156 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8157 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8158 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
8159 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8161 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8162 :include: and .forward files.
8163 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8164 key field name, the value field name, and the field
8165 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
8166 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8167 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8168 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8169 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8170 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8171 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
8173 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
8174 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
8175 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
8176 Hutton of Indiana University.
8177 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
8178 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8179 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8180 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
8181 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
8182 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8183 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
8184 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8185 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8186 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8187 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8189 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
8190 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8191 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
8192 are from sysexits.h.
8193 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8194 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
8197 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8198 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8199 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8200 map2 is searched and the value returned.
8201 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
8202 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8203 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
8204 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8205 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8206 For example, if the declaration of the map is
8207 Ksample switch hosts
8208 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8209 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8211 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8212 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8213 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
8214 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8215 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8216 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
8217 the -m (matchonly) flag.
8218 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8219 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
8220 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8221 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8222 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8223 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
8224 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8225 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
8226 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8227 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8228 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8229 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8230 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8231 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
8232 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8233 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8234 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8235 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8236 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8237 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8238 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8239 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8240 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8241 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
8242 an /etc/hosts entry reads
8243 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8244 this change will use the second name as the canonical
8245 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8246 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8247 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8248 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8249 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8250 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
8251 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8252 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8253 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8254 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
8255 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8256 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8257 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
8258 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8259 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8260 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8261 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8262 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8263 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8264 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8265 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8266 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8267 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8268 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8269 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8270 much longer than the specified timeout.
8271 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8272 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8273 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8274 denial-of-service attack.
8275 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8276 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8277 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8278 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
8279 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8280 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8281 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8282 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
8283 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8284 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
8285 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8286 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8287 actually file lookups.
8288 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8289 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8290 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
8291 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8292 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8293 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
8294 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8295 support for them has been removed.
8296 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8297 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8298 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8299 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8300 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8301 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
8302 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8303 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8304 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
8305 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8306 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8307 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8308 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8309 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8310 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8311 also improves the connection cache utilization.
8312 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8313 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
8314 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8315 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8316 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8317 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
8318 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8319 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
8320 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8322 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8323 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
8324 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8325 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
8326 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8327 option can give the network software time to establish
8328 the link. The default units are seconds.
8329 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8330 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8331 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8332 Defense Information Systems Agency.
8333 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8334 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
8335 the National Computer Security Center.
8336 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8337 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8338 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8339 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
8340 the mailprio scripts (see below).
8341 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8342 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8343 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
8344 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8345 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8346 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
8347 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
8348 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8349 University Computing Service.
8350 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8351 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
8352 the University of Kentucky.
8353 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8354 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8355 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8356 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
8357 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8358 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8359 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8360 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8362 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8363 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8364 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8365 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8366 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8367 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8368 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
8369 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8370 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8371 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8372 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8373 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8374 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
8375 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8376 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8377 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
8378 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
8379 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8380 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8381 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8383 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8384 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8385 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
8386 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8387 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8388 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8389 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8390 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
8391 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8392 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8393 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8394 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8395 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8396 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
8398 None Leave the message as is. The
8399 message will be passed on even
8400 though it is in technically
8402 Add-To Add a To: header with any
8403 recipients that it can find from
8404 the envelope. This risks exposing
8406 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
8407 has almost no redeeming social value,
8408 and is provided only for back
8410 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
8411 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8412 which will have the effect of
8413 making the message legal without
8414 exposing Bcc: recipients.
8415 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
8416 There is a chance that mailers down
8417 the line will delete this header,
8418 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8420 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8421 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
8422 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8423 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8424 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8425 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8426 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
8427 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8428 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8429 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8430 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8431 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8432 For example, if you run with
8433 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8434 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
8435 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8436 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8437 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8438 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8439 entries. For example, given the aliases:
8442 and an alias file declared as:
8443 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8444 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8445 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8446 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8447 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8448 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8449 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
8451 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8452 to be simpler and more consistent.
8453 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
8454 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8455 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8456 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8457 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8458 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8459 This may affect some people who have written their own
8460 checkcompat() routine.
8461 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
8462 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8463 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8464 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8465 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8466 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8467 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8468 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8469 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8470 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8471 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8473 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8474 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8475 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8476 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8477 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
8478 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8479 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
8480 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8481 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8482 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
8483 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8484 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8485 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8486 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8487 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8488 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8489 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8490 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8492 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8493 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8494 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
8495 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
8496 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8497 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8498 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8499 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8500 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
8501 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8502 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
8503 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8504 is added between the first and second word of the first
8505 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8506 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8507 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8508 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8509 old sendmails understand.
8510 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8511 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
8512 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8513 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8514 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
8515 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8516 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8517 data -- for example,
8518 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8519 (romanized/less information)
8520 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8521 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8522 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8523 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8524 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8525 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8526 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8527 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8528 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8529 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8530 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
8531 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
8532 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8533 Eric Prestemon of American University.
8534 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8535 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8536 increment on the background value).
8537 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
8538 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
8539 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8540 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8541 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8542 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8543 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8544 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8545 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
8546 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8547 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8548 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8549 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
8550 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
8551 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8552 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8553 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
8554 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8555 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8556 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8557 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8558 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
8559 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8560 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8561 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8562 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8563 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8564 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8565 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8566 service type is "files".
8567 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
8568 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8570 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8571 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
8572 contributed by SunSoft.
8573 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8574 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
8575 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8576 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8577 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
8578 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8579 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
8580 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8581 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8582 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8583 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8584 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8585 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
8586 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8587 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8588 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8589 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8590 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8591 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8592 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
8593 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8594 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8595 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8596 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8597 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
8598 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8599 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8600 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8601 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8602 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8603 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
8604 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8605 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8606 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8608 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8609 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
8611 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8612 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8613 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8614 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
8616 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
8617 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8618 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8619 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8620 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8621 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8622 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8623 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8624 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
8625 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8626 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8627 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8628 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8630 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8631 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
8632 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8633 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8634 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8635 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8636 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8637 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8638 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
8639 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8640 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
8641 of Sun Microsystems.
8642 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
8643 is at least 50% faster.
8644 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8645 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8647 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8648 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8649 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8650 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
8651 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8652 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
8653 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8654 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
8655 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8656 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8657 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8658 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8659 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
8660 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8661 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8662 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8664 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8666 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8667 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8668 Global Information Solutions.
8669 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8670 From Motonori Nakamura.
8671 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
8673 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8674 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8675 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8676 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8677 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8678 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
8679 James of British Telecom.
8680 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
8681 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8682 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8683 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
8684 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8685 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8686 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
8687 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8688 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8689 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
8690 a bad guy can read your private files.
8692 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8693 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8694 University. This expands the disk size
8695 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8696 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8697 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8698 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8699 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8700 Linux Makefile typo.
8701 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8702 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8703 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8705 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
8706 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8707 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
8708 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8709 This requires adaptation of code that really
8710 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8711 addresses or nameserver fields.''
8712 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
8713 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8714 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8715 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8716 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8717 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8719 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8720 match all the other configuration files. Fix
8721 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8722 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
8723 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8724 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
8725 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8726 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8727 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8728 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
8730 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8731 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8732 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8733 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
8734 of Ohio State University.
8735 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8736 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8738 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
8739 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
8741 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8742 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8744 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8745 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8747 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8748 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8749 Rochester Medical Center.
8750 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8751 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8752 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8753 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8754 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8755 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8756 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8758 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8759 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8760 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8762 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8763 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8764 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8765 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8766 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8767 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8768 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8769 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8770 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8771 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8773 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8774 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8775 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8776 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8777 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8778 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8779 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8780 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8781 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8782 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8783 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8784 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8785 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8786 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8788 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8789 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8790 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
8791 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8792 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8793 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
8794 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8795 on the file, but it should be quite small.
8796 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
8797 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8798 giving the local administrator more control over what
8799 programs can be run from sendmail.
8800 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
8801 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8802 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8804 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8805 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8806 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8807 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8808 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8809 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
8810 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8811 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8812 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8813 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8814 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8815 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
8816 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8817 arbitrary directory -- use either:
8818 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8820 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8821 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8823 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8824 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8825 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8827 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8828 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8829 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8830 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8831 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8832 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8834 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8835 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8836 just unqualified ones.
8837 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8838 was never used and didn't work anyway.
8839 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8840 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8841 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8842 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8843 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
8844 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8846 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8847 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8848 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8849 this is expected to be another sendmail.
8850 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8851 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8852 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8853 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
8854 Rosenthal of Unicom.
8855 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8856 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
8857 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8858 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8859 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
8860 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8861 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8862 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8864 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8865 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8867 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8868 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8869 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
8870 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8871 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8872 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8873 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
8874 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8875 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8876 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8877 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8878 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8879 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
8880 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8881 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8882 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
8883 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8884 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8885 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8886 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8887 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8888 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8889 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8890 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8891 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
8892 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8893 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
8894 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8895 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8896 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8897 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8898 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
8899 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8901 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8902 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8903 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8904 Information Systems Agency.
8905 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8906 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8907 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8908 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8909 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8910 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8911 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
8912 that really can be used in the real world.
8913 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8914 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8915 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8916 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8917 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8918 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8919 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8920 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
8922 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
8923 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8924 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8925 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8927 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8928 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8929 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8930 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
8931 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8932 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8933 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8934 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8935 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8936 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
8937 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8938 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8939 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8940 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8941 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8942 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8943 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
8944 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8945 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8946 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
8947 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8948 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8949 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
8951 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8952 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8953 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8954 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8955 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8958 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8960 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8961 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8962 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8963 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8964 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8965 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8966 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8968 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8969 cf/domain/generic.m4
8970 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8971 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8972 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8974 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8975 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8979 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8980 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8981 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8982 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8987 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8990 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8991 mail.local/mail.local.0
8997 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8998 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8999 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
9000 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
9001 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
9002 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
9003 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
9004 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
9005 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
9006 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
9007 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
9008 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
9009 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
9010 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
9011 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
9012 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
9013 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
9014 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
9015 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
9023 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
9024 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
9025 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
9026 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
9027 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
9028 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
9029 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
9030 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
9031 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
9032 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9033 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9034 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9035 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
9036 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
9037 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
9038 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
9039 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
9040 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
9041 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
9042 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
9043 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
9048 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9050 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9051 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9052 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9053 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9054 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9055 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9056 contrib/rcpt-streaming
9057 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9059 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
9060 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9061 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9062 any user (except root).
9063 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9064 version number is unchanged.
9066 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
9067 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9068 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
9069 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9070 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9071 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9073 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9074 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9077 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
9078 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9079 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9080 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9081 message when attempted from IDENT.
9082 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9083 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
9084 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
9085 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9086 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9087 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9089 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9090 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
9092 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9093 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
9094 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9095 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9096 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9097 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
9098 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9100 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9101 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
9103 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
9105 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9106 and Liudvikas Bukys.
9107 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9108 from Spider Boardman.
9109 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9112 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
9113 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9114 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9115 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9116 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9117 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9118 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
9120 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9121 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9122 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9123 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9124 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9125 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
9126 University of Texas.
9127 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9128 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9129 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9130 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9131 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9132 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9134 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9135 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
9136 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9137 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9138 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9139 with a lot of arguments).
9140 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9141 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9142 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9144 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9145 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9146 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9147 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9149 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9150 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9151 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
9152 some of the map code.
9153 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9156 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
9157 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9158 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9159 may have some security implications.
9160 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9161 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
9162 Hill of the University of Iowa.
9163 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
9164 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9165 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9166 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
9167 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9168 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9169 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9171 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9172 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9173 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
9174 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9175 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
9176 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9178 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9179 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
9180 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9181 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9182 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
9183 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9184 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9185 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
9186 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9187 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9188 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9189 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9190 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
9191 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
9192 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9193 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
9194 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9196 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9197 message to explain how much space was available and
9198 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
9199 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9200 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9201 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9202 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9203 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9204 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9205 moves things more towards what will probably become a
9206 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9208 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9209 without recompiling.
9210 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9211 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
9213 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9214 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9215 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
9216 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9217 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9218 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9219 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
9220 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9221 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9222 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9223 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9224 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
9226 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9227 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9228 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9229 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9230 refused" response, and that the connection can be
9231 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
9232 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9233 size around and can never start listening to connections
9234 again. The down side is that someone could start up
9235 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9236 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9237 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9238 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
9239 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9240 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9242 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9243 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
9244 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9245 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9246 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9247 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9248 doc directory. This includes some additional
9250 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9251 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
9252 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9253 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
9254 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9255 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9256 loop the mail, which was bad news.
9258 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9259 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9260 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9261 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9262 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9263 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9264 Newcastle upon Tyne.
9265 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9267 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9268 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9269 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9270 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9273 src/Makefile.NCR3000
9274 doc/changes/Makefile
9275 doc/changes/changes.me
9276 doc/changes/changes.ps
9278 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
9279 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9280 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
9281 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9283 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
9284 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9285 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
9286 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9289 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
9290 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9291 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9292 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9293 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9295 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9296 in the connection cache for a long time under some
9297 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
9298 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
9299 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
9300 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9301 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9302 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9303 from a local user to another local user. From
9304 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9305 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9306 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
9307 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9308 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9309 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9310 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9311 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9312 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9313 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9314 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9315 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9316 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9317 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9318 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
9319 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9320 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9321 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9323 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9325 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9326 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9327 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9328 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
9329 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9330 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9331 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9332 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9334 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9335 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
9336 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9337 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
9339 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9340 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9341 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
9342 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
9343 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9344 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9345 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9346 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9347 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
9348 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9349 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9350 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
9351 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9352 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9353 security implications. Suggested by several people.
9354 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9355 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
9356 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9357 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
9359 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9360 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9361 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9362 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9363 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9364 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
9365 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9366 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9367 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9368 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
9369 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9370 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
9371 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9372 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9373 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9374 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9375 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9376 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9377 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9378 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
9379 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9380 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9381 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9382 didn't see the class items being added.
9383 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9384 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9385 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
9387 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9388 but sets h_errno to a success value.
9389 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9390 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9391 address specified in the P option). This fix should
9392 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9393 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9395 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9396 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9397 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9398 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9399 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9400 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9401 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
9403 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9404 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
9405 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
9407 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9408 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
9409 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9410 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9411 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
9413 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9414 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9415 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9416 University of Washington.
9417 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9418 don't have an ``=value'' part.
9419 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9420 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
9421 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9422 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9423 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9424 of Cambridge University.
9425 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9426 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9427 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9428 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9429 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9430 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9431 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9432 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
9433 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9434 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9435 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9436 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
9437 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9438 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9440 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9441 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9442 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9443 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9444 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9445 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
9446 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9447 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
9448 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9449 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9450 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
9451 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9452 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9453 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9454 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9455 size for various mailers.
9456 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9457 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9458 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9459 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9460 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9461 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9462 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9463 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9464 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
9466 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9467 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
9468 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9469 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9470 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
9471 Michel of Thomson CSF.
9472 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9473 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9474 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9475 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9476 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9477 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9478 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9479 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
9480 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9481 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9482 University of Sydney.
9483 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9484 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9485 This is because of the known bug where definition of
9486 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9487 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9488 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9489 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9490 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
9491 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
9493 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9494 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9495 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9496 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9497 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
9500 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9501 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9502 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9503 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9504 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9505 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9506 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9507 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9508 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9510 src/Makefile.DomainOS
9512 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9513 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9514 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9516 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9521 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
9522 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9523 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
9524 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9525 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9526 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
9527 permissions they should not have had (usually group
9528 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
9529 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9530 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9531 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9532 Although this does not respond to a specific known
9533 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
9534 Christian Wettergren.
9535 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9536 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9537 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9538 program by putting that in their .forward file.
9539 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9540 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9541 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
9542 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
9543 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9544 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9545 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9546 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9547 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9548 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9549 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9550 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
9551 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9552 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9553 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9554 connection to create problems on the current job.
9555 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9557 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9558 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9559 problem that ignored the load average in locally
9560 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
9561 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
9562 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9563 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9564 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9565 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9566 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9567 when sending error messages. This resulted in
9568 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
9569 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
9570 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9571 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9572 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
9573 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9574 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9575 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9576 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
9577 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9578 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9579 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9580 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9581 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
9583 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9584 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9585 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9586 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9587 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9588 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
9589 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9590 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9591 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
9592 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9593 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9594 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9595 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9596 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
9597 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9598 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9599 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9600 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9601 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9602 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9603 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9604 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9606 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9607 of from a clean exit.
9608 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9609 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9610 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9611 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9612 as the subject of an error message, even though the
9613 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9614 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9615 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
9617 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9618 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
9619 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
9620 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9621 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9622 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9623 says that they should be ignored.
9624 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9625 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9626 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
9627 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9629 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9630 documented in the Bat Book.
9631 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9632 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9633 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9634 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9635 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9636 code during some parts of connection initialization.
9637 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9638 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9639 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
9640 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9641 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9642 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9643 of Kyoto University.
9644 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9645 From P{r Emanuelsson.
9646 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9647 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9648 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
9650 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9651 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9652 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9653 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
9655 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9656 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9657 illegal addresses appearing there).
9658 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9660 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9662 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
9663 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9664 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9665 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9666 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
9667 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9668 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9669 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9670 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9671 by the other end closing the connection. From
9672 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9673 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9674 to include a host name or other useful information.
9675 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
9677 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9678 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9679 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9680 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
9681 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9682 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9683 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9684 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9685 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9687 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9688 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9689 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9690 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9691 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9692 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9693 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
9694 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9695 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9696 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9697 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9698 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9699 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
9700 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9701 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9702 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9703 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9704 of the Institute for Global Communications.
9705 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9706 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
9707 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9708 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9709 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9710 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9711 Portability fixes for:
9712 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9713 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9714 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9715 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9716 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9717 of Stoner Associates.
9718 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9719 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9720 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9722 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9723 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9724 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9725 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9726 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9728 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9730 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9731 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9732 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
9733 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9734 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9735 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9736 since this is intended only for internal use, the
9737 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
9738 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9739 addresses when relaying internally.
9740 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9741 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
9742 provided by Peter Wemm.
9743 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9744 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
9745 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9746 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9747 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9748 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9749 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9750 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9752 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9753 rather than letting them get "local configuration
9754 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9755 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9756 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9757 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
9758 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9759 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9760 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9761 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9762 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9763 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9764 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9765 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9766 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
9768 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
9769 Jim Murray of Stratus.
9770 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9771 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
9772 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9773 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9774 the local name prepended.
9775 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9776 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9777 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9778 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
9779 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9780 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
9781 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9782 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9783 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9784 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9785 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9786 :include: files and accounts that have shells
9787 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
9788 cause some .forward files that have worked
9789 before to start failing.
9790 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9794 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9795 src/Makefile.Mach386
9802 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9804 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9806 makemap/Makefile.dist
9807 praliases/Makefile.dist
9809 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
9810 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9811 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9812 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9813 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
9814 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9816 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9817 in a few critical places.
9818 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9819 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
9820 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
9821 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9822 and High-Energy Physics.
9823 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9824 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
9826 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9827 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9828 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
9830 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9831 really become relevant in the next release, but some
9832 people need it for local patches. From Michael
9833 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9834 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9835 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9836 these can have different values depending on which
9837 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
9838 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9839 what uid/gid processes ran as.
9840 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9841 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9842 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9844 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9845 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9846 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9847 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9848 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
9850 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9851 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9852 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
9853 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9854 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
9855 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
9857 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
9858 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9859 addresses that get return-receipts.
9860 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9861 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9862 and end up sending the message several times.
9863 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9864 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9866 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9867 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
9868 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9869 Cornell University Medical College.
9870 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9871 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9872 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9873 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
9875 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9876 connections fail during message collection. From
9878 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9879 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9880 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9882 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9883 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
9884 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9885 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9886 by non-root users were not put into
9887 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9888 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
9889 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9890 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9891 could get confused as to whether a database was
9893 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9894 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9895 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
9896 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9897 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9898 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9899 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9900 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9901 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9903 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
9904 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9905 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9906 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9907 propagated to the queue file.
9910 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9911 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9912 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9913 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9914 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9915 header files but don't have the syscall.
9916 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9918 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9919 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9920 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9921 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9922 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9923 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9924 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9925 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9926 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9927 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9928 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9929 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9930 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9931 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
9933 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9934 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
9936 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9937 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9938 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9939 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9940 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
9941 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9942 files that you should be able to read but have previously
9943 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9945 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9946 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9947 MX suppression will still work.
9948 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9949 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
9950 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9951 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9952 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9953 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
9955 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9957 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9958 trying to send the original message if the connection
9959 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9960 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
9961 by John Myers of CMU.
9962 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9964 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9965 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9966 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9967 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
9968 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9969 queue interval. This is an important fix.
9970 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9971 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9972 ruleset testing a bit easier.
9973 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9974 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9976 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9977 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
9978 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
9979 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9981 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9982 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9983 Harvey Mudd College.
9984 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9985 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
9986 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9987 their full name information.
9988 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9989 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9990 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
9991 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9992 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9993 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9994 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9995 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9996 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9997 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9998 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
9999 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
10000 PC TCP/IP implementations.
10001 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
10002 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
10003 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
10004 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
10006 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
10007 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
10009 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
10010 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
10011 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
10012 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10013 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
10014 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
10015 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
10016 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
10017 that claims to be itself works properly.
10018 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
10019 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
10020 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
10021 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
10022 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
10023 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
10024 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
10025 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
10026 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
10027 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
10028 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
10030 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
10031 true address to still send to the original address
10032 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
10033 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
10034 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
10035 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
10036 more trouble than it was worth.
10037 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
10038 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
10039 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
10040 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
10041 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
10042 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
10043 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
10045 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
10046 messages don't come out with stale information.
10047 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
10048 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10049 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10050 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
10052 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10053 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
10055 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10056 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
10058 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10059 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10060 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10061 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10062 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10063 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10064 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10065 that does bulk data transfer).
10066 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
10068 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
10069 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10070 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10071 bogus config files that were not caught.
10072 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10073 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10074 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10075 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10076 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10077 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10078 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10079 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10080 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10081 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10082 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10083 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10084 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10085 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10086 opened or if running with no database format defined.
10087 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10088 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10089 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10090 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
10091 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10093 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10094 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10095 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
10096 to match regular entries.
10097 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10098 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10099 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10100 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10101 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10102 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10103 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10104 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10105 error message so that the "subject" line of return
10106 messages is the best possible.
10107 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10108 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10109 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10110 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10111 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10112 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10113 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10114 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10115 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10116 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10117 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
10118 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10120 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10121 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10122 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10123 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10124 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10125 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10126 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10127 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10128 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10129 addresses in any detail.
10130 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10131 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10132 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10133 with an address such as "!foo".
10134 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10135 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
10136 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10137 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
10141 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10142 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10143 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10144 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10145 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10146 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
10147 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10148 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10149 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
10151 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10152 are no DNS records matching the name.
10153 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10154 original message was received ... from localhost".
10155 The correct original host information is now included.
10156 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10157 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
10158 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
10159 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10160 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10161 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10162 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10163 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10164 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
10165 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10166 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
10167 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10168 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10171 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
10172 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10173 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10174 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10175 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
10176 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10177 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10178 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10179 are really configuration errors. This option is
10180 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10182 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10183 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
10184 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10185 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10186 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
10188 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10189 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10190 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
10191 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10192 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
10193 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10194 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10195 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10196 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
10197 of dickering with error handling (see below).
10198 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
10199 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10201 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10202 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
10203 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10205 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10206 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
10207 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10208 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
10209 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10210 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
10211 connection rather than sending QUIT.
10212 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10213 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10214 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
10215 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10216 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10217 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10218 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10219 core dumps on some machines.
10220 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10221 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10222 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10223 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10224 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10225 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
10226 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10227 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10228 some true error conditions.
10229 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10230 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
10231 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10232 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10233 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10234 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
10235 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
10236 by Motonori Nakamura.
10237 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10238 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
10239 caused error messages to be handled differently during
10240 a queue run than a direct run.
10241 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10242 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10243 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10244 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10245 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10246 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10247 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10249 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10250 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
10251 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10252 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10253 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10254 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
10255 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10256 is appropriately functional.
10257 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10258 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10259 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
10260 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10261 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10262 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10263 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10264 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10266 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10267 process group id. The original fix was to get around
10268 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10269 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10270 different from the process id. I could try to fix
10271 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10272 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10274 Portability changes:
10275 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10276 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10277 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
10278 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10280 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
10281 help other strict ANSI compilers.
10282 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10284 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10285 documentation apparently doesn't define
10286 __STDC__ by default).
10287 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10288 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10290 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10291 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10292 several people have made a good argument that this
10293 creates more problems than it solves (although this
10294 may prove painful in the short run).
10295 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10297 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10298 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10299 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10300 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10301 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10302 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10303 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10304 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10305 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10306 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10307 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10308 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10309 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10310 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10311 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10312 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10313 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10314 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
10315 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10316 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
10317 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10318 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10319 environments. Ugly as sin.
10322 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10323 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10324 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
10325 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10326 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10327 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10328 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
10329 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10330 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10331 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10332 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
10334 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10336 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10337 compatibility library. This also adds a new
10338 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10339 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10340 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10341 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
10342 for quick test cases.
10343 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10344 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10345 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10346 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10347 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10348 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10349 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
10350 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10351 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
10352 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10353 From Michael Corrigan.
10354 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10355 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
10356 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10357 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10358 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10359 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10360 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10361 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
10362 Christophe Wolfhugel.
10363 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10366 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10367 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10368 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
10369 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10370 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
10371 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10372 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10373 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
10375 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10376 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10377 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
10378 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10379 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10380 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10381 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10382 match the other flags in that file.
10383 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
10384 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10385 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10386 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10387 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10388 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
10389 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10390 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
10391 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10392 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10393 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
10394 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10395 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10396 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10397 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10398 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
10399 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10400 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
10401 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10402 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10403 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10404 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10405 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10406 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10407 the root and directories leading up to your home);
10408 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10410 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10411 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10412 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10413 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10414 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10415 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10416 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10417 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
10418 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10419 is separate; this is just intended to work around
10420 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10421 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
10422 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10423 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10424 matching without a null it never tries again with a
10425 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
10426 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10427 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
10428 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
10429 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10430 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10432 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10433 will insert the appropriate full name information;
10434 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10436 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10437 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10438 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10439 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10440 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10441 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10442 only happen when there has been another error in the
10443 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
10444 by default in conf.h.
10445 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10446 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
10447 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10448 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10449 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10450 This output is not intended to be particularly human
10451 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10452 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10453 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
10454 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10455 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10456 See cf/README for an example.
10457 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10458 sites that don't use the -d flag.
10459 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10460 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10461 has been requested by several people, but can break
10462 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10463 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10464 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10465 broken. Use it sparingly.
10466 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
10467 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
10468 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10469 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
10470 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10471 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
10472 Bill Wisner of The Well.
10473 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10474 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
10475 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10477 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
10478 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10479 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10480 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10481 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10482 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10483 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10485 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
10486 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10487 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
10488 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10490 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
10491 Another mailertable fix....
10494 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.